STM32G441xB

Arm® Cortex®-M4 32-bit MCU+FPU, 170 MHz / 213 DMIPS,

128 KB Flash, 32 KB SRAM, rich analog, math accelerator, AES
Datasheet - production data

Features
FBGA

Includes ST state-of-the-art patented

technology
LQFP32 (7 x 7 mm) UFBGA64
UFQFPN32 (5 x 5 mm) WLCSP49
• Core: Arm® 32-bit Cortex®-M4 CPU with FPU, LQFP48 (7 x 7 mm) UFQFPN48 (7 x 7 mm) (5 x 5 mm) (Pitch 0.4)
LQFP64 (10 x 10 mm)
Adaptive real-time accelerator (ART LQFP80 (12 x 12 mm)
Accelerator) allowing 0-wait-state execution LQFP100 (14 x 14 mm)
from Flash memory, frequency up to 170 MHz
• Interconnect matrix
with 213 DMIPS, MPU, DSP instructions
• 12-channel DMA controller
• Operating conditions:
– VDD, VDDA voltage range: • 2 x ADCs 0.25 µs (up to 23 channels).
1.71 V to 3.6 V Resolution up to 16-bit with hardware
oversampling, 0 to 3.6 V conversion range
• Mathematical hardware accelerators
• 4 x 12-bit DAC channels
– CORDIC for trigonometric functions
acceleration – 2 x buffered external channels 1 MSPS
– FMAC: filter mathematical accelerator – 2 x unbuffered internal channels 15 MSPS
• Memories • 4 x ultra-fast rail-to-rail analog comparators
– 128 Kbytes of Flash memory with ECC • 3 x operational amplifiers that can be used in
support, proprietary code readout PGA mode, all terminals accessible
protection (PCROP), securable memory • Internal voltage reference buffer (VREFBUF)
area, 1 Kbyte OTP supporting three output voltages (2.048 V,
– 22 Kbytes of SRAM, with hardware parity 2.5 V, 2.9 V)
check implemented on the first 16 Kbytes • 14 timers:
– Routine booster: 10 Kbytes of SRAM on – 1 x 32-bit timer and 2 x 16-bit timers with up
instruction and data bus, with hardware to four IC/OC/PWM or pulse counter and
parity check (CCM SRAM) quadrature (incremental) encoder input
• Reset and supply management – 2 x 16-bit 8-channel advanced motor
– Power-on/power-down reset control timers, with up to 8 x PWM
(POR/PDR/BOR) channels, dead time generation and
– Programmable voltage detector (PVD) emergency stop
– Low-power modes: sleep, stop, standby – 1 x 16-bit timer with 2 x IC/OCs, one
and shutdown OCN/PWM, dead time generation and
emergency stop
• Clock management
– 2 x 16-bit timers with IC/OC/OCN/PWM,
– 4 to 48 MHz crystal oscillator
dead time generation and emergency stop
– Internal 16 MHz RC with PLL option (± 1%)
– 2 x watchdog timers (independent, window)
• Up to 86 fast I/Os – 1 x SysTick timer: 24-bit downcounter
– All mappable on external interrupt vectors – 2 x 16-bit basic timers
– Several I/Os with 5 V tolerant capability – 1 x low-power timer

17 September 2021 DS12960 Rev 5 1/197

This is information on a product in full production. www.st.com
 STM32G441xB

• Calendar RTC with alarm, periodic wakeup – 1 x SAI (serial audio interface)
from stop/standby – USB 2.0 full-speed interface with LPM and
• Communication interfaces BCD support
– 1 x FDCAN controller supporting flexible – IRTIM (infrared interface)
data rate – USB Type-C™ /USB power delivery
– 3 x I2C Fast mode plus (1 Mbit/s) with controller (UCPD)
20 mA current sink, SMBus/PMBus, • True random number generator (RNG)
wakeup from stop
• CRC calculation unit, 96-bit unique ID
– 4 x USART/UARTs (ISO 7816 interface,
LIN, IrDA, modem control) • AES: 128/256-bit key encryption hardware
accelerator
– 1 x LPUART
– 3 x SPIs, 4 to 16 programmable bit frames, • Development support: serial wire debug
2
2 x with multiplexed half duplex I S (SWD), JTAG, Embedded Trace Macrocell™
interface
Table 1. Device summary
Reference Part number

STM32G441xB STM32G441CB, STM32G441KB, STM32G441RB, STM32G441MB, STM32G441VB

2/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Contents

Contents

1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

2 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

3 Functional overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.1 Arm® Cortex®-M4 core with FPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.2 Adaptive real-time memory accelerator (ART accelerator) . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.3 Memory protection unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.4 Embedded Flash memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.5 Embedded SRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.6 Multi-AHB bus matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.7 Boot modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.8 CORDIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.9 Filter mathematical accelerator (FMAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.10 Cyclic redundancy check calculation unit (CRC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.11 Power supply management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.11.1 Power supply schemes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.11.2 Power supply supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.11.3 Voltage regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.11.4 Low-power modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.11.5 Reset mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.11.6 VBAT operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.12 Interconnect matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.13 Clocks and startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.14 General-purpose inputs/outputs (GPIOs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.15 Direct memory access controller (DMA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.16 DMA request router (DMAMUX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.17 Interrupts and events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.17.1 Nested vectored interrupt controller (NVIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.17.2 Extended interrupt/event controller (EXTI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.18 Analog-to-digital converter (ADC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.18.1 Temperature sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

DS12960 Rev 5 3/197

6
Contents STM32G441xB

3.18.2 Internal voltage reference (VREFINT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

3.18.3 VBAT battery voltage monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.19 Digital to analog converter (DAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.20 Voltage reference buffer (VREFBUF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.21 Comparators (COMP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.22 Operational amplifier (OPAMP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.23 Random number generator (RNG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.24 Advanced encryption standard hardware accelerator (AES) . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.25 Timers and watchdogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.25.1 Advanced motor control timer (TIM1, TIM8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
3.25.2 General-purpose timers (TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM15, TIM16,
TIM17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.25.3 Basic timers (TIM6 and TIM7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.25.4 Low-power timer (LPTIM1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.25.5 Independent watchdog (IWDG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.25.6 System window watchdog (WWDG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.25.7 SysTick timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.26 Real-time clock (RTC) and backup registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.27 Tamper and backup registers (TAMP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.28 Infrared transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.29 Inter-integrated circuit interface (I2C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.30 Universal synchronous/asynchronous receiver transmitter (USART) . . . 40
3.31 Low-power universal asynchronous receiver transmitter (LPUART) . . . . 41
3.32 Serial peripheral interface (SPI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.33 Serial audio interfaces (SAI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.33.1 SAI peripheral supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.34 Controller area network (FDCAN1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.35 Universal serial bus (USB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.36 USB Type-C™ / USB Power Delivery controller (UCPD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.37 Clock recovery system (CRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.38 Development support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.38.1 Serial wire JTAG debug port (SWJ-DP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.38.2 Embedded trace macrocell™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

4 Pinouts and pin description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

4/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Contents

4.1 UFQFPN32 pinout description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

4.2 LQFP32 pinout description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
4.3 UFQFPN48 pinout description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
4.4 LQFP48 pinout description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
4.5 WLCSP49 ballout description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
4.6 LQFP64 pinout description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
4.7 UFBGA64 ballout description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
4.8 LQFP80 pinout description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4.9 LQFP100 pinout description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4.10 Pin definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4.11 Alternate functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

5 Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
5.1 Parameter conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
5.1.1 Minimum and maximum values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
5.1.2 Typical values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
5.1.3 Typical curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
5.1.4 Loading capacitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
5.1.5 Pin input voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
5.1.6 Power supply scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
5.1.7 Current consumption measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
5.2 Absolute maximum ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
5.3 Operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
5.3.1 General operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
5.3.2 Operating conditions at power-up / power-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
5.3.3 Embedded reset and power control block characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . 72
5.3.4 Embedded voltage reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
5.3.5 Supply current characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
5.3.6 Wakeup time from low-power modes and voltage scaling
transition times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
5.3.7 External clock source characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
5.3.8 Internal clock source characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
5.3.9 PLL characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
5.3.10 Flash memory characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
5.3.11 EMC characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
5.3.12 Electrical sensitivity characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

DS12960 Rev 5 5/197

6
Contents STM32G441xB

5.3.13 I/O current injection characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

5.3.14 I/O port characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
5.3.15 NRST pin characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
5.3.16 Extended interrupt and event controller input (EXTI) characteristics . . 117
5.3.17 Analog switches booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
5.3.18 Analog-to-digital converter characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
5.3.19 Digital-to-Analog converter characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
5.3.20 Voltage reference buffer characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
5.3.21 Comparator characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
5.3.22 Operational amplifiers characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
5.3.23 Temperature sensor characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
5.3.24 VBAT monitoring characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
5.3.25 Timer characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
5.3.26 Communication interfaces characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
5.3.27 UCPD characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

6 Package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

6.1 UFQFPN32 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
6.2 LQFP32 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
6.3 UFQFPN48 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
6.4 LQFP48 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
6.5 WLCSP49 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
6.6 LQFP64 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
6.7 UFBGA64 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
6.8 LQFP80 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
6.9 LQFP100 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
6.10 Thermal characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
6.10.1 Reference document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
6.10.2 Selecting the product temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

7 Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

8 Revision history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

6/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB List of tables

List of tables

Table 1. Device summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Table 2. STM32G441xB features and peripheral counts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Table 3. STM32G441xB peripherals interconnect matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Table 4. DMA implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Table 5. Temperature sensor calibration values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Table 6. Internal voltage reference calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Table 7. Timer feature comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Table 8. I2C implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Table 9. USART/UART/LPUART features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Table 10. SAI features implementation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Table 11. Legend/abbreviations used in the pinout table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Table 12. STM32G441xB pin definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Table 13. Alternate function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Table 14. Voltage characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Table 15. Current characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Table 16. Thermal characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Table 17. General operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Table 18. Operating conditions at power-up / power-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Table 19. Embedded reset and power control block characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Table 20. Embedded internal voltage reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Table 21. Current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, code with data
processing running from Flash in single Bank, ART enable (Cache ON Prefetch OFF) . . 76
Table 22. Current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes,
code with data processing running from SRAM1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Table 23. Typical current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, with different codes
running from Flash, ART enable (Cache ON Prefetch OFF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Table 24. Typical current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, with different codes
running from SRAM1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Table 25. Typical current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, with different codes
running from SRAM2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Table 26. Typical current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, with different codes
running from CCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Table 27. Current consumption in Sleep and Low-power sleep mode Flash ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Table 28. Current consumption in low-power sleep modes, Flash in power-down. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Table 29. Current consumption in Stop 1 mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Table 30. Current consumption in Stop 0 mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Table 31. Current consumption in Standby mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Table 32. Current consumption in Shutdown mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Table 33. Current consumption in VBAT mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Table 34. Peripheral current consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Table 35. Low-power mode wakeup timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Table 36. Regulator modes transition times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Table 37. Wakeup time using USART/LPUART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Table 38. High-speed external user clock characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Table 39. Low-speed external user clock characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Table 40. HSE oscillator characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Table 41. LSE oscillator characteristics (fLSE = 32.768 kHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Table 42. HSI16 oscillator characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

DS12960 Rev 5 7/197

9
List of tables STM32G441xB

Table 43. HSI48 oscillator characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Table 44. LSI oscillator characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Table 45. PLL characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Table 46. Flash memory characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Table 47. Flash memory endurance and data retention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Table 48. EMS characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Table 49. EMI characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Table 50. ESD absolute maximum ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Table 51. Electrical sensitivities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Table 52. I/O current injection susceptibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Table 53. I/O static characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Table 54. Output voltage characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Table 55. I/O (except FT_c) AC characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Table 56. I/O FT_c AC characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Table 57. NRST pin characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Table 58. EXTI input characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Table 59. Analog switches booster characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Table 60. ADC characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Table 61. Maximum ADC RAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Table 62. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Table 63. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Table 64. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Table 65. ADC accuracy (Multiple ADCs operation) - limited test conditions 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Table 66. ADC accuracy (Multiple ADCs operation) - limited test conditions 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Table 67. ADC accuracy (Multiple ADCs operation) - limited test conditions 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Table 68. DAC 1MSPS characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Table 69. DAC 1MSPS accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Table 70. DAC 15MSPS characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Table 71. DAC 15MSPS accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Table 72. VREFBUF characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Table 73. COMP characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Table 74. OPAMP characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Table 75. TS characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Table 76. VBAT monitoring characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Table 77. VBAT charging characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Table 78. TIMx characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Table 79. IWDG min/max timeout period at 32 kHz (LSI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Table 80. WWDG min/max timeout value at 170 MHz (PCLK). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Table 81. Minimum I2CCLK frequency in all I2C modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Table 82. I2C analog filter characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Table 83. SPI characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Table 84. I2S characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Table 85. SAI characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Table 86. USB electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Table 87. USART electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Table 88. UCPD characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Table 89. UFQFPN32 - Mechanical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Table 90. LQFP32 - Mechanical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Table 91. UFQFPN48 - Mechanical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Table 92. LQFP48 - Mechanical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Table 93. WLCSP49 - Mechanical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Table 94. WLCSP49 - Recommended PCB design rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

8/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB List of tables

Table 95. LQFP64 - Mechanical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Table 96. UFBGA64 - Mechanical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Table 97. UFBGA64 - Recommended PCB design rules (0.5 mm pitch BGA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Table 98. LQFP80 - Mechanical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Table 99. LQPF100 - Mechanical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Table 100. Package thermal characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Table 101. Ordering information scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Table 102. Document revision history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

DS12960 Rev 5 9/197

9
List of figures STM32G441xB

List of figures

Figure 1. STM32G441xB block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Figure 2. Multi-AHB bus matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Figure 3. Voltage reference buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Figure 4. Infrared transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Figure 5. STM32G441xB UFQFPN32 pinout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Figure 6. STM32G441xB LQFP32 pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Figure 7. STM32G441xB UFQFPN48 pinout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Figure 8. STM32G441xB LQFP48 pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Figure 9. STM32G441xB WLCSP49 ballout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Figure 10. STM32G441xB LQFP64 pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Figure 11. STM32G441xB UFBGA64 ballout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Figure 12. STM32G441xB LQFP80 pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Figure 13. STM32G441xB LQFP100 pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Figure 14. Pin loading conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Figure 15. Pin input voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Figure 16. Power supply scheme. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Figure 17. Current consumption measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Figure 18. VREFINT versus temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Figure 19. High-speed external clock source AC timing diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Figure 20. Low-speed external clock source AC timing diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Figure 21. Typical application with an 8 MHz crystal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Figure 22. Typical application with a 32.768 kHz crystal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Figure 23. HSI16 frequency versus temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Figure 24. HSI48 frequency versus temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Figure 25. I/O input characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Figure 26. I/O AC characteristics definition(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Figure 27. Recommended NRST pin protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Figure 28. ADC accuracy characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Figure 29. Typical connection diagram when using the ADC with FT/TT pins
featuring analog switch function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Figure 30. 12-bit buffered / non-buffered DAC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Figure 31. VREFOUT_TEMP in case VRS = 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Figure 32. VREFOUT_TEMP in case VRS = 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Figure 33. VREFOUT_TEMP in case VRS = 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Figure 34. OPAMP noise density @ 25°C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Figure 35. SPI timing diagram - slave mode and CPHA = 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Figure 36. SPI timing diagram - slave mode and CPHA = 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Figure 37. SPI timing diagram - master mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Figure 38. SAI master timing waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Figure 39. SAI slave timing waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Figure 40. UFQFPN32 - Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Figure 41. UFQFPN32 - Recommended footprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Figure 42. UFQFPN32 top view example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Figure 43. LQFP32 - Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Figure 44. LQFP32 - Recommended footprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Figure 45. LQFP32 top view example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Figure 46. UFQFPN48 - Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Figure 47. UFQFPN48 - Recommended footprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

10/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB List of figures

Figure 48. UFQFPN48 top view example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Figure 49. LQFP48 - Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Figure 50. LQFP48 - Recommended footprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Figure 51. LQFP48 top view example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Figure 52. WLCSP49 - Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Figure 53. WLCSP49 - Recommended footprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Figure 54. WLCSP49 top view example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Figure 55. LQFP64 - Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Figure 56. LQFP64 - Recommended footprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Figure 57. LQFP64 top view example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Figure 58. UFBGA64 - Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Figure 59. UFBGA64 - Recommended footprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Figure 60. UFBGA64 top view example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Figure 61. LQFP80 - Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Figure 62. LQFP80 - Recommended footprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Figure 63. LQFP80 top view example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Figure 64. LQFP100 - Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Figure 65. LQFP100 - Recommended footprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Figure 66. LQFP100 top view example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

DS12960 Rev 5 11/197

11
Introduction STM32G441xB

1 Introduction

This datasheet provides the ordering information and mechanical device characteristics of
the STM32G441xB microcontrollers.
This document should be read in conjunction with the reference manual RM0440
“STM32G4 Series advanced Arm® 32-bit MCUs”. The reference manual is available from
the STMicroelectronics website www.st.com.
For information on the Arm®(a) Cortex®-M4 core, refer to the Cortex®-M4 technical
reference manual, available from the www.arm.com website.

a. Arm is a registered trademark of Arm Limited (or its subsidiaries) in the US and/or elsewhere.

12/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Description

2 Description

The STM32G441xB devices are based on the high-performance Arm® Cortex®-M4 32-bit
RISC core. They operate at a frequency of up to 170 MHz.
The Cortex-M4 core features a single-precision floating-point unit (FPU), which supports all
the Arm single-precision data-processing instructions and all the data types. It also
implements a full set of DSP (digital signal processing) instructions and a memory protection
unit (MPU) which enhances the application’s security.
These devices embed high-speed memories (128 Kbytes of Flash memory, and 32 Kbytes
of SRAM), an extensive range of enhanced I/Os and peripherals connected to two APB
buses, two AHB buses and a 32-bit multi-AHB bus matrix.
The devices also embed several protection mechanisms for embedded Flash memory and
SRAM: readout protection, write protection, securable memory area and proprietary code
readout protection.
The devices embed peripherals allowing mathematical/arithmetic function acceleration
(CORDIC for trigonometric functions and FMAC unit for filter functions).
They offer two fast 12-bit ADCs (5 Msps), four comparators, three operational amplifiers,
four DAC channels (2 external and 2 internal), an internal voltage reference buffer, a low-
power RTC, one general-purpose 32-bit timers, two 16-bit PWM timers dedicated to motor
control, seven general-purpose 16-bit timers, and one 16-bit low-power timer.
They also feature standard and advanced communication interfaces such as:
- Three I2Cs
- Three SPIs multiplexed with two half duplex I2Ss
- Three USARTs, one UART and one low-power UART.
- One FDCAN
- One SAI
- USB device
- UCPD
The STM32G441xB devices embed an AES.
The devices operate in the -40 to +85 °C (+105 °C junction) and -40 to +125 °C (+130 °C
junction) temperature ranges from a 1.71 to 3.6 V power supply. A comprehensive set of
power-saving modes allows the design of low-power applications.
Some independent power supplies are supported including an analog independent supply
input for ADC, DAC, OPAMPs and comparators. A VBAT input allows backup of the RTC and
the registers.
The STM32G441xB family offers 9 packages from 32-pin to 100-pin.

DS12960 Rev 5 13/197

44
Description STM32G441xB

Table 2. STM32G441xB features and peripheral counts

Peripheral STM32G441KB STM32G441CB STM32G441RB STM32G441MB STM32G441VB

Flash memory 128 Kbytes 128 Kbytes 128 Kbytes 128 Kbytes 128 Kbytes
SRAM 32 (16 + 6 + 10) Kbytes
Advanced
motor 2 (16-bit)
control
General 5 (16-bit)
purpose 1 (32-bit)
Basic 2 (16-bit)
Low power 1 (16-bit)
SysTick
1
timer

Timers Watchdog
timers
2
(independe
nt, window)
PWM
channels 23 32 36 36 36
(all)
PWM
channels
(except 23 25 25 25 25
complement
ary)
SPI(I2S)(1) 3 (2)
2C
I 2 3
USART 2 3
0 in LQFP48
UART 0 1
1 in UFQFPN48
Comm.
interfaces LPUART 1
FDCANs 1
USB device Yes
UCPD Yes
SAI Yes
RTC Yes
Tamper pins 1 2 3
Random number
Yes
generator
AES Yes
CORDIC Yes
FMAC Yes

14/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Description

Table 2. STM32G441xB features and peripheral counts (continued)

Peripheral STM32G441KB STM32G441CB STM32G441RB STM32G441MB STM32G441VB

38 in LQFP48 52 66 86
GPIOs 26
42 in
UFQFPN48
Wakeup pins 2 4 4 5
3
2

12-bit ADCs 17 in LQFP48

Number of channels 18 in
11 23 23 23
UFQFPN48
18 in WLCSP49
12-bit DAC 2
Number of channels 4 (2 external + 2 internal)
Internal voltage
Yes
reference buffer
Analog comparator 4
Operational amplifiers 3
Max. CPU frequency 150 MHz
Operating voltage 1.71 V to 3.6 V
Operating temperature Ambient operating temperature: -40 to 85 °C / -40 to 125 °C
LQFP32/ LQFP48/ LQFP64/
Packages LQFP80 LQFP100
UFQFPN32 UFQFPN48 TFBGA64
1. The SPI2/3 interfaces can work in an exclusive way in either the SPI mode or the I2S audio mode.

DS12960 Rev 5 15/197

44
Description STM32G441xB

Figure 1. STM32G441xB block diagram

JTRST, JTDI,
JTCK/SWCLK JTAG & SW MPU
JTDO/SWD, JTDO
ETM NVIC
TRACECK
FPU
TRACED(3:0)
Arm® D-BUS

AHB BUS-MATRIX 5M / 7S
Cortex-M4

ACCEL/
CACHE
170 MHz I-BUS FLASH 128 KB
S-BUS

CCM SRAM 10 KB TinyAES

GP-DMA2 6 Chan
@VDDA
6 Chan SRAM2 6 KB
GP-DMA1 CH1
DAC1 OUT1/OUT2
SRAM1 16 KB CH2
DMAMUX
AHB2
CH1
DAC3
CH2
RNG
@VDDA
RNB1
SAR ADC1 analog
Ain ADC
IF
SAR ADC2 POWER MNGT
CORDIC
VDD = 1.71 to 3.6V
VDD12 VOLT. REG.
3.3V TO 1.2V VSS
FMAC
AHB1

PA(15:0) GPIO PORT A @VDD

PB(15:0) @VDD SUPPLY
USART
GPIO2MBps
PORT B SUPERVISION
PC(15:0) LSI POR
USART
GPIO2MBps
PORT C POR / BOR
PLL Reset
PD(15:0)
USART
GPIO2MBps
PORT D HSI Int PVD, PWM VDD, VSS,
PE(15:0) VDDA, VSSA,
USART
GPIO2MBps
PORT E HSI48
RESET
PF(10:9,2:0)
USART
GPIO2MBps
PORT F
PG(10:10) GPIO2MBps
PORT G XTAL OSC OSC_IN
USART
4-48MHz OSC_OUT

RESET& IWDG
FS, SCK, SD, CLOCKCTRL Standby Interface
SAI1 VBAT = 1.55 to 3.6V
MCLK as AF
@VBAT
OSC32_IN
peripheralclocks XTAL 32kHz
and system OSC_OUT
140 AFP EXT IT.
USART WKUP
2MBps RTC AWU
RTC_OUT
BKPREG
RTC_TS
CRC RTC_TAMPx
4 PWM,4PWM, 16b PWM RTC Interface
ETR,BKIN as F TIMER1

4 PWM,4PWM, 16b PWM AHB/APB2 AHB/APB1

ETR,BKIN as F TIMER8
TIMER2 4 CH, ETR as AF
16b
CH as AF TIMER15
USART 2MBps
TIMER3&4 4 CH, ETR as AF
CH as AF TIMER16
USART 2MBps 16b
PWRCTRL
16b LP_UART1 RX, TX as AF
CH as AF16b
APB2

TIMER17
USART 2MBps WinWATCHDOG
I2C1&2&3 SCL, SDA, SMBAL as AF
LP timer1
Smcard RX, TX, SCK,
APB2 60MHzAPB1

RX, TX, SCK,CTS, USART2&3

Smcard TIMER6 16b trigg irDA CTS, RTS as AF
RTS as AF USART
USART12MBps
irDA RX, TX, CTS,
MOSI, MISO 16b trigg UART4
TIMER7 irDA RTS as AF
SCK, NSS as AF USART SPI 1
2MBps
I2S half MOSI, MISO, SCK
SPI2&3
CRS duplex NSS, as AF
FIFO

CAN1 RX,TX as AF
SysCfg
PHY

@VDDA USBPD
FIFO

PHY

USB D+
COMP OPAMP
Vref_Buf Device D-
1,2,3,4 1,2,3

CC1
CC2
MSv47173V2

1. AF: alternate function on I/O pins.

16/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Functional overview

3 Functional overview

3.1 Arm® Cortex®-M4 core with FPU

The Arm® Cortex®-M4 with FPU processor is the latest generation of Arm processors for
embedded systems. It was developed to provide a low-cost platform that meets the needs of
the MCU implementation, with a reduced pin count and with low-power consumption, while
delivering outstanding computational performance and an advanced response to interrupts.
The Arm® Cortex®-M4 with FPU 32-bit RISC processor features an exceptional code-
efficiency, delivering the expected high-performance from an Arm core in a memory size
usually associated with 8-bit and 16-bit devices.
The processor supports a set of DSP instructions which allows an efficient signal processing
and a complex algorithm execution. Its single precision FPU speeds up the software
development by using metalanguage development tools to avoid saturation.
With its embedded Arm core, the STM32G441xB family is compatible with all Arm tools and
software.
Figure 1 shows the general block diagram of the STM32G441xB devices.

3.2 Adaptive real-time memory accelerator (ART accelerator)

The ART accelerator is a memory accelerator that is optimized for the STM32 industry-
standard Arm® Cortex®-M4 processors. It balances the inherent performance advantage of
the Arm® Cortex®-M4 over Flash memory technologies, which normally requires the
processor to wait for the Flash memory at higher frequencies.

3.3 Memory protection unit

The memory protection unit (MPU) is used to manage the CPU accesses to the memory
and to prevent one task to accidentally corrupt the memory or the resources used by any
other active task. This memory area is organized into up to 8 protected areas, which can be
divided in up into 8 subareas each. The protection area sizes range between 32 bytes and
the whole 4 gigabytes of addressable memory.
The MPU is especially helpful for applications where some critical or certified code has to be
protected against the misbehavior of other tasks. It is usually managed by an RTOS (real-
time operating system). If a program accesses a memory location that is prohibited by the
MPU, the RTOS can detect it and take action. In an RTOS environment, the kernel can
dynamically update the MPU area setting based on the process to be executed.
The MPU is optional and can be bypassed for applications that do not need it.

3.4 Embedded Flash memory

The STM32G441xB devices feature 128 kbytes of embedded Flash memory which is
available for storing programs and data.
Flexible protections can be configured thanks to the option bytes:

DS12960 Rev 5 17/197

44
Functional overview STM32G441xB

• Readout protection (RDP) to protect the whole memory. Three levels of protection are
available:
– Level 0: no readout protection
– Level 1: memory readout protection; the Flash memory cannot be read from or written
to if either the debug features are connected or the boot in RAM or bootloader are
selected
– Level 2: chip readout protection; the debug features (Cortex-M4 JTAG and serial
wire), the boot in RAM and the bootloader selection are disabled (JTAG fuse). This
selection is irreversible.
• Write protection (WRP): the protected area is protected against erasing and
programming.
• Proprietary code readout protection (PCROP): a part of the Flash memory can be
protected against read and write from third parties. The protected area is execute-only
and it can only be reached by the STM32 CPU as an instruction code, while all other
accesses (DMA, debug and CPU data read, write and erase) are strictly prohibited. An
additional option bit (PCROP_RDP) allows to select if the PCROP area is erased or not
when the RDP protection is changed from Level 1 to Level 0.
• Securable memory area: a part of Flash memory can be configured by option bytes to
be securable. After reset this securable memory area is not secured and it behaves like
the remainder of main Flash memory (execute, read, write access). When secured, any
access to this securable memory area generates corresponding read/write error.
Purpose of the Securable memory area is to protect sensitive code and data (secure
keys storage) which can be executed only once at boot, and never again unless a new
reset occurs.
The Flash memory embeds the error correction code (ECC) feature supporting:
• Single error detection and correction
• Double error detection
• The address of the ECC fail can be read in the ECC register

3.5 Embedded SRAM

STM32G441xB devices feature 32 Kbytes of embedded SRAM. This SRAM is split into
three blocks:
• 16 Kbytes mapped at address 0x2000 0000 (SRAM1). The CM4 can access the
SRAM1 through the System Bus (or through the I-Code/D-Code buses when boot from
SRAM1 is selected or when physical remap is selected by SYSCFG_MEMRMP
register). Whole SRAM1 supports hardware parity check.
• 6 Kbytes mapped at address 0x2000 4000 (SRAM2). The CM4 can access the SRAM2
through the System bus. SRAM2 can be kept in stop andstandby modes.
• 10 Kbytes mapped at address 0x1000 0000 (CCM SRAM). It is accessed by the CPU
through I-Code/D-Code bus for maximum performance.
It is also aliased at 0x200 5800 address to be accessed by all masters (CPU, DMA1,
DMA2) through SBUS contiguously to SRAM1 and SRAM2. The CCM SRAM supports
hardware parity check and can be write-protected with 1-Kbyte granularity.
• The memory can be accessed in read/write at max CPU clock speed with 0 wait states.

18/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Functional overview

3.6 Multi-AHB bus matrix

The 32-bit multi-AHB bus matrix interconnects all the masters (CPU, DMAs) and the slaves
(Flash memory, RAM,AHB and APB peripherals). It also ensures a seamless and efficient
operation even when several high-speed peripherals work simultaneously.

Figure 2. Multi-AHB bus matrix

Cortex®-M4
DMA1 DMA2
with FPU
D-bus

S-bus
I-bus

ICode

ACCEL
FLASH
DCode 128 KB

SRAM1

CCM
SRAM

SRAM2

AHB1
peripherals

AHB2
peripherals

BusMatrix-S
MS47544V1

3.7 Boot modes

At startup, a BOOT0 pin (or nBOOT0 option bit)and an nBOOT1 option bit are used to select
one of three boot options:
• Boot from user Flash
• Boot from system memory
• Boot from embedded SRAM
The BOOT0 value may come from the PB8-BOOT0 pin or from an nBOOT0 option bit
depending on the value of a user nBOOT_SEL option bit to free the GPIO pad if needed.
The boot loader is located in the system memory. It is used to reprogram the Flash memory
by using USART, I2C, SPI, and USB through the DFU (device firmware upgrade).

DS12960 Rev 5 19/197

44
Functional overview STM32G441xB

3.8 CORDIC
The CORDIC provides hardware acceleration of certain mathematical functions, notably
trigonometric, commonly used in motor control, metering, signal processing and many other
applications.
It speeds up the calculation of these functions compared to a software implementation,
allowing a lower operating frequency, or freeing up processor cycles in order to perform
other tasks.

Cordic features
• 24-bit CORDIC rotation engine
• Circular and Hyperbolic modes
• Rotation and Vectoring modes
• Functions: Sine, Cosine, Sinh, Cosh, Atan, Atan2, Atanh, Modulus, Square root,
Natural logarithm
• Programmable precision up to 20-bit
• Fast convergence: 4 bits per clock cycle
• Supports 16-bit and 32-bit fixed point input and output formats
• Low latency AHB slave interface
• Results can be read as soon as ready without polling or interrupt
• DMA read and write channels

3.9 Filter mathematical accelerator (FMAC)

The filter mathematical accelerator unit performs arithmetic operations on vectors. It
comprises a multiplier/accumulator (MAC) unit, together with address generation logic,
which allows it to index vector elements held in local memory.
The unit includes support for circular buffers on input and output, which allows digital filters
to be implemented. Both finite and infinite impulse response filters can be realized.
The unit allows frequent or lengthy filtering operations to be offloaded from the CPU, freeing
up the processor for other tasks. In many cases it can accelerate such calculations
compared to a software implementation, resulting in a speed-up of time critical tasks.

20/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Functional overview

FMAC features
• 16 x 16-bit multiplier
• 24+2-bit accumulator with addition and subtraction
• 16-bit input and output data
• 256 x 16-bit local memory
• Up to three areas can be defined in memory for data buffers (two input, one output),
defined by programmable base address pointers and associated size registers
• Input and output sample buffers can be circular
• Buffer “watermark” feature reduces overhead in interrupt mode
• Filter functions: FIR, IIR (direct form 1)
• AHB slave interface
• DMA read and write data channels

3.10 Cyclic redundancy check calculation unit (CRC)

The CRC (cyclic redundancy check) calculation unit is used to get a CRC code using a
configurable generator with polynomial value and size.
Among other applications, the CRC-based techniques are used to verify data transmission
or storage integrity. In the scope of the EN/IEC 60335-1 standard, they offer a mean to verify
the Flash memory integrity.
The CRC calculation unit helps to compute a signature of the software during runtime, which
can be ulteriorly compared with a reference signature generated at link-time and which can
be stored at a given memory location.

3.11 Power supply management

3.11.1 Power supply schemes

The STM32G441xB devices require a 1.71 V to 3.6 V VDD operating voltage supply. Several
independent supplies, can be provided for specific peripherals:
• VDD = 1.71 V to 3.6 V
VDD is the external power supply for the I/Os, the internal regulator and the system
analog such as reset, power management and internal clocks. It is provided externally
through the VDD pins.
• VDDA = 1.62 V to 3.6 V (see Section 5: Electrical characteristics for the minimum VDDA
voltage required for ADC, DAC, COMP, OPAMP, VREFBUF operation).
VDDA is the external analog power supply for A/D converters, D/A converters, voltage
reference buffer, operational amplifiers and comparators. The VDDA voltage level is
independent from the VDD voltage and should preferably be connected to VDD when
these peripherals are not used.
• VBAT = 1.55 V to 3.6 V
VBAT is the power supply for RTC, external clock 32 kHz oscillator and backup registers
(through power switch) when VDD is not present.

DS12960 Rev 5 21/197

44
Functional overview STM32G441xB

• VREF-, VREF+
VREF+ is the input reference voltage for ADCs and DACs. It is also the output of the
internal voltage reference buffer when enabled.
When VDDA < 2 V VREF+ must be equal to VDDA.
When VDDA ≥ 2 V VREF+ must be between 2 V and VDDA.
The internal voltage reference buffer supports three output voltages, which are
configured with VRS bits in the VREFBUF_CSR register:
– VREF+ = 2.048 V
– VREF+ = 2.5 V
– VREF+ = 2.9 V
VREF- is double bonded with VSSA.

3.11.2 Power supply supervisor

The device has an integrated ultra-low-power brown-out reset (BOR) active in all modes
(except for Shutdown mode). The BOR ensures proper operation of the device after power-
on and during power down. The device remains in reset mode when the monitored supply
voltage VDD is below a specified threshold, without the need for an external reset circuit.
The lowest BOR level is 1.71 V at power on, and other higher thresholds can be selected
through option bytes.The device features an embedded programmable voltage detector
(PVD) that monitors the VDD power supply and compares it to the VPVD threshold. An
interrupt can be generated when VDD drops below the VPVD threshold and/or when VDD is
higher than the VPVD threshold. The interrupt service routine can then generate a warning
message and/or put the MCU into a safe state. The PVD is enabled by software.
In addition, the device embeds a peripheral voltage monitor which compares the
independent supply voltages VDDA, with a fixed threshold in order to ensure that the
peripheral is in its functional supply range.

3.11.3 Voltage regulator

Two embedded linear voltage regulators, main regulator (MR) and low-power regulator
(LPR), supply most of digital circuitry in the device. The MR is used in Run and Sleep
modes. The LPR is used in Low-power run, Low-power sleep and Stop modes. In Standby
and Shutdown modes, both regulators are powered down and their outputs set in high-
impedance state, such as to bring their current consumption close to zero.
The device supports dynamic voltage scaling to optimize its power consumption in Run
mode. the voltage from the main regulator that supplies the logic (VCORE) can be adjusted
according to the system’s maximum operating frequency.
The main regulator (MR) operates in the following ranges:
• Range 1 boost mode with the CPU running at up to 170 MHz.
• Range 1 normal mode with CPU running at up to 150 MHz.
• Range 2 with a maximum CPU frequency of 26 MHz.

22/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Functional overview

3.11.4 Low-power modes

By default, the microcontroller is in Run mode after system or power Reset. It is up to the
user to select one of the low-power modes described below:
• Sleep mode: In Sleep mode, only the CPU is stopped. All peripherals continue to
operate and can wake up the CPU when an interrupt/event occurs.
• Low-power run mode: This mode is achieved with VCORE supplied by the low-power
regulator to minimize the regulator's operating current. The code can be executed from
SRAM or from Flash, and the CPU frequency is limited to 2 MHz. The peripherals with
independent clock can be clocked by HSI16.
• Low-power sleep mode: This mode is entered from the low-power run mode. Only the
CPU clock is stopped. When wakeup is triggered by an event or an interrupt, the
system reverts to the Low power run mode.
• Stop mode: In Stop mode, the device achieves the lowest power consumption while
retaining the SRAM and register contents. All clocks in the VCORE domain are
stopped. The PLL, as well as the HSI16 RC oscillator and the HSE crystal oscillator are
disabled. The LSE or LSI keep running. The RTC can remain active (Stop mode with
RTC, Stop mode without RTC). Some peripherals with wakeup capability can enable
the HSI16 RC during Stop mode, so as to get clock for processing the wakeup event.
• Standby mode: The Standby mode is used to achieve the lowest power consumption
with brown-out reset, BOR. The internal regulator is switched off to power down the
VCORE domain. The PLL, as well as the HSI16 RC oscillator and the HSE crystal
oscillator are also powered down. The RTC can remain active (Standby mode with
RTC, Standby mode without RTC). The BOR always remains active in Standby mode.
For each I/O, the software can determine whether a pull-up, a pull-down or no resistor
shall be applied to that I/O during Standby mode. Upon entering Standby mode, SRAM
and register contents are lost except for registers in the RTC domain and standby
circuitry. The device exits Standby mode upon external reset event (NRST pin), IWDG
reset event, wakeup event (WKUP pin, configurable rising or falling edge) or RTC
event (alarm, periodic wakeup, timestamp, tamper), or when a failure is detected on
LSE (CSS on LSE).
• Shutdown mode: The Shutdown mode allows to achieve the lowest power
consumption. The internal regulator is switched off to power down the VCORE domain.
The PLL, as well as the HSI16 and LSI RC-oscillators and HSE crystal oscillator are
also powered down. The RTC can remain active (Shutdown mode with RTC, Shutdown
mode without RTC). The BOR is not available in Shutdown mode. No power voltage
monitoring is possible in this mode. Therefore, switching to RTC domain is not
supported. SRAM and register contents are lost except for registers in the RTC
domain. The device exits Shutdown mode upon external reset event (NRST pin),
IWDG reset event, wakeup event (WKUP pin, configurable rising or falling edge) or
RTC event (alarm, periodic wakeup, timestamp, tamper).

3.11.5 Reset mode

In order to improve the consumption under reset, the I/Os state under and after reset is
“analog state” (the I/O schmitt trigger is disabled). In addition, the internal reset pull-up is
deactivated when the reset source is internal.

DS12960 Rev 5 23/197

44
Functional overview STM32G441xB

3.11.6 VBAT operation

The VBAT pin allows to power the device VBAT domain from an external battery, an external
supercapacitor, or from VDD when there is no external battery and when an external
supercapacitor is present. The VBAT pin supplies the RTC with LSE and the backup
registers. Three anti-tamper detection pins are available in VBAT mode.
The VBAT operation is automatically activated when VDD is not present. An internal VBAT
battery charging circuit is embedded and can be activated when VDD is present.
Note: When the microcontroller is supplied from VBAT, neither external interrupts nor RTC
alarm/events exit the microcontroller from the VBAT operation.

24/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Functional overview

3.12 Interconnect matrix

Several peripherals have direct connections between them. This allows autonomous
communication between peripherals, saving CPU resources thus power supply
consumption. In addition, these hardware connections allow fast and predictable latency.
Depending on peripherals, these interconnections can operate in Run, Sleep and Stop
modes.

Table 3. STM32G441xB peripherals interconnect matrix

Low-power run
Sleep
Interconnect

Stop
Run
Interconnect source Interconnect action
destination

TIMx Timers synchronization or chaining Y Y Y -

ADCx
Conversion triggers Y Y Y -
TIMx DACx
DMA Memory to memory transfer trigger Y Y Y -
COMPx Comparator output blanking Y Y Y -
TIM16/TIM17 IRTIM Infrared interface output generation Y Y Y -
TIM1, 8 Timer input channel, trigger, break
Y Y Y -
TIM2, 3, 4 from analog signals comparison
COMPx
Low-power timer triggered by
LPTIMER1 Y Y Y Y
analog signals comparison
ADCx TIM1, 8 Timer triggered by analog watchdog Y Y Y -
Timer input channel from RTC
TIM16 Y Y Y -
events
RTC
Low-power timer triggered by RTC
LPTIMER1 Y Y Y Y
alarms or tampers
All clocks sources (internal Clock source used as input channel
TIM15, 16, 17 Y Y Y -
and external) for RC measurement and trimming
USB TIM2 Timer triggered by USB SOF Y Y - -
CSS
CPU (hard fault)
RAM (parity error) TIM1, 8
Timer break Y Y Y -
Flash memory (ECC error) TIM15, 16, 17
COMPx
PVD
TIMx External trigger Y Y Y -
LPTIMER1 External trigger Y Y Y -
GPIO
ADCx
Conversion external trigger Y Y Y -
DACx

DS12960 Rev 5 25/197

44
Functional overview STM32G441xB

3.13 Clocks and startup

The clock controller distributes the clocks coming from different oscillators to the core and
the peripherals. It also manages clock gating for low-power modes and ensures clock
robustness. It features:
• Clock prescaler: to get the best trade-off between speed and current consumption,
the clock frequency to the CPU and peripherals can be adjusted by a programmable
prescaler
• Safe clock switching: clock sources can be changed safely on the fly in run mode
through a configuration register.
• Clock management: to reduce power consumption, the clock controller can stop the
clock to the core, individual peripherals or memory.
• System clock source: three different sources can deliver SYSCLK system clock:
– 4 - 48 MHz high-speed oscillator with external crystal or ceramic resonator (HSE).
It can supply clock to system PLL. The HSE can also be configured in bypass
mode for an external clock.
– 16 MHz high-speed internal RC oscillator (HSI16), trimmable by software. It can
supply clock to system PLL.
– System PLL with maximum output frequency of 170 MHz. It can be fed with HSE
or HSI16 clocks.
• RC48 with clock recovery system (HSI48): internal HSIRC48 MHz clock source can
be used to drive the USB or the RNG peripherals.
• Auxiliary clock source: two ultra-low-power clock sources for the real-time clock
(RTC):
– 32.768 kHz low-speed oscillator with external crystal (LSE), supporting four drive
capability modes. The LSE can also be configured in bypass mode for using an
external clock.
– 32 kHz low-speed internal RC oscillator (LSI) with ±5% accuracy, also used to
clock an independent watchdog.
• Peripheral clock sources: several peripherals (I2S, USART, I2C, LPTimer, ADC, SAI,
RNG) have their own clock independent of the system clock.
• Clock security system (CSS): in the event of HSE clock failure, the system clock is
automatically switched to HSI16 and, if enabled, a software interrupt is generated. LSE
clock failure can also be detected and generate an interrupt.
• Clock-out capability:
– MCO: microcontroller clock output: it outputs one of the internal clocks for external
use by the application
– LSCO: low speed clock output: it outputs LSI or LSE in all low-power modes.
Several prescalers allow to configure the AHB frequency, the High-speed APB (APB2) and
the low speed APB (APB1) domains. The maximum frequency of the AHB and the APB
domains is 170 MHz.

26/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Functional overview

3.14 General-purpose inputs/outputs (GPIOs)

Each of the GPIO pins can be configured by software as output (push-pull or open-drain), as
input (with or without pull-up or pull-down) or as peripheral alternate function. Most of the
GPIO pins are shared with digital or analog alternate functions. Fast I/O toggling can be
achieved thanks to their mapping on the AHB2 bus.
The I/Os alternate function configuration can be locked if needed following a specific
sequence in order to avoid spurious writing to the I/Os registers.

3.15 Direct memory access controller (DMA)

The device embeds 2 DMAs. Refer to Table 4: DMA implementation for the features
implementation.
Direct memory access (DMA) is used in order to provide a high-speed data transfer
between peripherals and memory as well as from memory to memory. Data can be quickly
moved by DMA without any CPU actions. This keeps the CPU resources free for other
operations.
The two DMA controllers have 12 channels in total, each one dedicated to manage memory
access requests from one or more peripherals. Each controller has an arbiter for handling
the priority between DMA requests.
The DMA supports:
• 12 independently configurable channels (requests)
– Each channel is connected to a dedicated hardware DMA request, a software
trigger is also supported on each channel. This configuration is done by software.
• Priorities between requests from channels of one DMA are both software
programmable (4 levels: very high, high, medium, low) or hardware programmable in
case of equality (request 1 has priority over request 2, etc.)
• Independent source and destination transfer size (byte, half word, word), emulating
packing and unpacking. Source/destination addresses must be aligned on the data
size.
• Support for circular buffer management
• 3 event flags (DMA half transfer, DMA transfer complete and DMA transfer error)
logically ORed together in a single interrupt request for each channel
• Memory-to-memory transfer
• Peripheral-to-memory, memory-to-peripheral, and peripheral-to-peripheral transfers
• Access to Flash, SRAM, APB and AHB peripherals as source and destination
• Programmable number of data to be transferred: up to 65536.

Table 4. DMA implementation

DMA features DMA1 DMA2
Number of regular channels 6

DS12960 Rev 5 27/197

44
Functional overview STM32G441xB

3.16 DMA request router (DMAMUX)

When a peripheral indicates a request for DMA transfer by setting its DMA request line, the
DMA request is pending until it is served and the corresponding DMA request line is reset.
The DMA request router allows to route the DMA control lines between the peripherals and
the DMA controllers of the product.
An embedded multi-channel DMA request generator can be considered as one of such
peripherals. The routing function is ensured by a multi-channel DMA request line
multiplexer. Each channel selects a unique set of DMA control lines, unconditionally or
synchronously with events on synchronization inputs.
For simplicity, the functional description is limited to DMA request lines. The other DMA
control lines are not shown in figures or described in the text. The DMA request generator
produces DMA requests following events on DMA request trigger inputs.

3.17 Interrupts and events

3.17.1 Nested vectored interrupt controller (NVIC)

The STM32G441xB devices embed a nested vectored interrupt controller which is able to
manage 16 priority levels, and to handle up to maskable interrupt channels plus the 16
interrupt lines of the Cortex®-M4.
The NVIC benefits are the following:
• Closely coupled NVIC gives low latency interrupt processing
• Interrupt entry vector table address passed directly to the core
• Allows early processing of interrupts
• Processing of late arriving higher priority interrupts
• Support for tail chaining
• Processor state automatically saved
• Interrupt entry restored on interrupt exit with no instruction overhead
The NVIC hardware block provides flexible interrupt management features with minimal
interrupt latency.

3.17.2 Extended interrupt/event controller (EXTI)

The extended interrupt/event controller consists of 39 edge detector lines used to generate
interrupt/event requests and to wake-up the system from the Stop mode. Each external line
can be independently configured to select the trigger event (rising edge, falling edge, both)
and can be masked independently.
A pending register maintains the status of the interrupt requests. The internal lines are
connected to peripherals with wakeup from Stop mode capability. The EXTI can detect an
external line with a pulse width shorter than the internal clock period. Up to 86 GPIOs can
be connected to the 16 external interrupt lines.

28/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Functional overview

3.18 Analog-to-digital converter (ADC)

The device embeds two successive approximation analog-to-digital converters with the
following features:
• 12-bit native resolution, with built-in calibration
• 4 Msps maximum conversion rate with full resolution
– Down to 41.67 ns sampling time
– Increased conversion rate for lower resolution (up to 6.66 Msps for 6-bit
resolution)
• One external reference pin is available on all packages, allowing the input voltage
range to be independent from the power supply
• Single-ended and differential mode inputs
• Low-power design
– Capable of low-current operation at low conversion rate (consumption decreases
linearly with speed)
– Dual clock domain architecture: ADC speed independent from CPU frequency
• Highly versatile digital interface
– Single-shot or continuous/discontinuous sequencer-based scan mode: 2 groups
of analog signals conversions can be programmed to differentiate background and
high-priority real-time conversions
– Each ADC support multiple trigger inputs for synchronization with on-chip timers
and external signals
– Results stored into a data register or in RAM with DMA controller support
– Data pre-processing: left/right alignment and per channel offset compensation
– Built-in oversampling unit for enhanced SNR
– Channel-wise programmable sampling time
– Analog watchdog for automatic voltage monitoring, generating interrupts and
trigger for selected timers
– Hardware assistant to prepare the context of the injected channels to allow fast
context switching
– Flexible sample time control
– Hardware gain and offset compensation

3.18.1 Temperature sensor

The temperature sensor (TS) generates a voltage VTS that varies linearly with temperature.
The temperature sensor is internally connected to the ADC1_IN16 input channel which is
used to convert the sensor output voltage into a digital value.
The sensor provides good linearity but it has to be calibrated to obtain good overall
accuracy of the temperature measurement. As the offset of the temperature sensor varies
from chip to chip due to process variation, the uncalibrated internal temperature sensor is
suitable for applications that detect temperature changes only.
To improve the accuracy of the temperature sensor measurement, each device is
individually factory-calibrated by ST. The temperature sensor factory calibration data are
stored by ST in the system memory area, accessible in read-only mode.

DS12960 Rev 5 29/197

44
Functional overview STM32G441xB

Table 5. Temperature sensor calibration values

Calibration value name Description Memory address

TS ADC raw data acquired at a

TS_CAL1 temperature of 30 °C (± 5 °C), 0x1FFF 75A8 - 0x1FFF 75A9
VDDA = VREF+ = 3.0 V (± 10 mV)
TS ADC raw data acquired at a
TS_CAL2 temperature of 130 °C (± 5 °C), 0x1FFF 75CA - 0x1FFF 75CB
VDDA = VREF+ = 3.0 V (± 10 mV)

3.18.2 Internal voltage reference (VREFINT)

The internal voltage reference (VREFINT) provides a stable (bandgap) voltage output for
the ADC and the comparators. The VREFINT is internally connected to the ADC1_IN18
input channel. The precise voltage of VREFINT is individually measured for each part by ST
during production test and stored in the system memory area. It is accessible in read-only
mode.

Table 6. Internal voltage reference calibration values

Calibration value name Description Memory address

Raw data acquired at a

VREFINT temperature of 30 °C (± 5 °C), 0x1FFF 75AA - 0x1FFF 75AB
VDDA = VREF+ = 3.0 V (± 10 mV)

3.18.3 VBAT battery voltage monitoring

This embedded hardware enables the application to measure the VBAT battery voltage using
the internal ADC1_IN17 channel. As the VBAT voltage may be higher than the VDDA, and
thus outside the ADC input range, the VBAT pin is internally connected to a bridge divider by
3. As a consequence, the converted digital value is one third of the VBAT voltage.

3.19 Digital to analog converter (DAC)

Four 12 bit DAC channels (2 external buffered and 2 internal unbuffered) can be used to
convert digital signals into analog voltage signal outputs. The chosen design structure is
composed of integrated resistor strings and an amplifier in inverting configuration.

30/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Functional overview

This digital interface supports the following features:

• Up to two DAC output channels
• 8-bit or 12-bit output mode
• Buffer offset calibration (factory and user trimming)
• Left or right data alignment in 12-bit mode
• Synchronized update capability
• Noise-wave generation
• Triangular-wave generation
• Saw tooth wave generation
• Dual DAC channel independent or simultaneous conversions
• DMA capability for each channel
• External triggers for conversion
• Sample and hold low-power mode, with internal or external capacitor
• Up to 1 Msps for external output and 15 Msps for internal output
The DAC channels are triggered through the timer update outputs that are also connected
to different DMA channels.

3.20 Voltage reference buffer (VREFBUF)

The STM32G441xB devices embed a voltage reference buffer which can be used as
voltage reference for ADC, DACs and also as voltage reference for external components
through the VREF+ pin.
The internal voltage reference buffer supports three voltages:
• 2.048 V
• 2.5 V
• 2.9 V
An external voltage reference can be provided through the VREF+ pin when the internal
voltage reference buffer is off.
The VREF+ pin is double-bonded with VDDA on some packages. In these packages the
internal voltage reference buffer is not available.

Figure 3. Voltage reference buffer

VREFBUF
VDDA DAC, ADC

Bandgap + VREF+

Low frequency
100 nF
cut-off capacitor

MSv40197V1

DS12960 Rev 5 31/197

44
Functional overview STM32G441xB

3.21 Comparators (COMP)

The STM32G441xB devices embed four rail-to-rail comparators with programmable
reference voltage (internal or external), hysteresis.
The reference voltage can be one of the following:
• External I/O
• DAC output channels
• Internal reference voltage or submultiple (1/4, 1/2, 3/4).
All comparators can wake up from Stop mode, generate interrupts and breaks for the timers.

3.22 Operational amplifier (OPAMP)

The STM32G441xB devices embed three operational amplifiers with external or internal
follower routing and PGA capability.
The operational amplifier features:
• 13 MHz bandwidth
• Rail-to-rail input/output
• PGA with a non-inverting gain ranging of 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or 64 or inverting gain ranging
of -1, -3, -7, -15, -31 or -63

3.23 Random number generator (RNG)

All devices embed an RNG that delivers 32-bit random numbers generated by an integrated
analog circuit.

3.24 Advanced encryption standard hardware accelerator (AES)

The STM32G441xB devices embed an AES hardware accelerator that can be used both to
encipher and to decipher data using an AES algorithm.

32/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Functional overview

The AES peripheral supports:

• Encryption/decryption using AES Rijndael block cipher algorithm
• NIST FIPS 197 compliant implementation of AES encryption/decryption algorithm
• 128-bit and 256-bit register for storing the encryption, decryption or derivation key (4x
32-bit registers)
• Electronic codebook (ECB), cipher block chaining (CBC), Counter mode (CTR), Galois
Counter Mode (GCM), Galois Message Authentication Code mode (GMAC) and Cipher
Message Authentication Code mode (CMAC) supported
• Key scheduler
• Key derivation for decryption
• 128-bit data block processing
• 128-bit, 256-bit key length
• 1x32-bit INPUT buffer and 1x32-bit OUTPUT buffer
• Register access supporting 32-bit data width only
• One 128-bit Register for the initialization vector when AES is configured in CBC mode
or for the 32-bit counter initialization when CTR mode is selected, GCM mode or
CMAC mode
• Automatic data flow control with support of direct memory access (DMA) using 2
channels, one for incoming data, and one for outcoming data
• Suspend a message if another message with a higher priority needs to be processed.

3.25 Timers and watchdogs

The STM32G441xB devices include two advanced motor control timers, up to six general-
purpose timers, two basic timers, one low-power timer, two watchdog timers and a SysTick
timer. The table below compares the features of the advanced motor control, general
purpose and basic timers.

Table 7. Timer feature comparison

DMA Capture/
Counter Counter Prescaler Complementary
Timer type Timer request compare
resolution type factor outputs
generation channels

Advanced Up, Any integer

motor TIM1, TIM8 16-bit down, between 1 and Yes 4 4
control Up/down 65536
Up, Any integer
General-
TIM2 32-bit down, between 1 and Yes 4 No
purpose
Up/down 65536
Up, Any integer
General-
TIM3, TIM4 16-bit down, between 1 and Yes 4 No
purpose
Up/down 65536
Any integer
General-
TIM15 16-bit Up between 1 and Yes 2 1
purpose
65536

DS12960 Rev 5 33/197

44
Functional overview STM32G441xB

Table 7. Timer feature comparison (continued)

DMA Capture/
Counter Counter Prescaler Complementary
Timer type Timer request compare
resolution type factor outputs
generation channels

Any integer
General-
TIM16, TIM17 16-bit Up between 1 and Yes 1 1
purpose
65536
Any integer
Basic TIM6, TIM7 16-bit Up between 1 and Yes 0 No
65536

3.25.1 Advanced motor control timer (TIM1, TIM8)

The advanced motor control timers can each be seen as a four-phase
PWM multiplexed on 8 channels. They have complementary PWM outputs with
programmable inserted dead-times. They can also be seen as complete general-purpose
timers.
The 4 independent channels can be used for:
• Input capture
• Output compare
• PWM generation (edge or center-aligned modes) with full modulation capability
(0-100%)
• One-pulse mode output
In debug mode, the advanced motor control timer counter can be frozen and the PWM
outputs disabled in order to turn off any power switches driven by these outputs.
Many features are shared with the general-purpose TIMx timers (described in
Section 3.25.2) using the same architecture, so the advanced motor control timers can work
together with the TIMx timers via the Timer Link feature for synchronization or event
chaining.

34/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Functional overview

3.25.2 General-purpose timers (TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM15, TIM16,

TIM17)
There are up to six synchronizable general-purpose timers embedded in the STM32G441xB
devices (see Table 7 for differences). Each general-purpose timer can be used to generate
PWM outputs, or act as a simple time base.
• TIM2, TIM3, and TIM4
They are full-featured general-purpose timers:
– TIM2 has a 32-bit auto-reload up/downcounter and 32-bit prescaler
– TIM3 and TIM4 have 16-bit auto-reload up/downcounter and 16-bit prescaler.
These timers feature 4 independent channels for input capture/output compare, PWM
or one-pulse mode output. They can work together, or with the other general-purpose
timers via the Timer Link feature for synchronization or event chaining.
The counters can be frozen in debug mode.
All have independent DMA request generation and support quadrature encoders.
• TIM15, 16 and 17
They are general-purpose timers with mid-range features:
They have 16-bit auto-reload upcounters and 16-bit prescalers.
– TIM15 has 2 channels and 1 complementary channel
– TIM16 and TIM17 have 1 channel and 1 complementary channel
All channels can be used for input capture/output compare, PWM or one-pulse mode
output.
The timers can work together via the Timer Link feature for synchronization or event
chaining. The timers have independent DMA request generation.
The counters can be frozen in debug mode.

3.25.3 Basic timers (TIM6 and TIM7)

The basic timers are mainly used for DAC trigger generation. They can also be used as
generic 16-bit timebases.

DS12960 Rev 5 35/197

44
Functional overview STM32G441xB

3.25.4 Low-power timer (LPTIM1)

The devices embed a low-power timer. This timer has an independent clock and are running
in Stop mode if it is clocked by LSE, LSI or an external clock. It is able to wakeup the system
from Stop mode.
LPTIM1 is active in Stop mode.
This low-power timer supports the following features:
• 16-bit up counter with 16-bit autoreload register
• 16-bit compare register
• Configurable output: pulse, PWM
• Continuous/ one shot mode
• Selectable software/hardware input trigger
• Selectable clock source
– Internal clock sources: LSE, LSI, HSI16 or APB clock
– External clock source over LPTIM input (working even with no internal clock
source running, used by pulse counter application).
• Programmable digital glitch filter
• Encoder mode

3.25.5 Independent watchdog (IWDG)

The independent watchdog is based on a 12-bit downcounter and an 8-bit prescaler. It is
clocked from an independent 32 kHz internal RC (LSI) and as it operates independently
from the main clock, it can operate in Stop and Standby modes. It can be used either as a
watchdog to reset the device when a problem occurs, or as a free running timer for
application timeout management. It is hardware or software configurable through the option
bytes. The counter can be frozen in debug mode.

3.25.6 System window watchdog (WWDG)

The window watchdog is based on a 7-bit downcounter that can be set as free running. It
can be used as a watchdog to reset the device when a problem occurs. It is clocked from
the main clock. It has an early warning interrupt capability and the counter can be frozen in
debug mode.

3.25.7 SysTick timer

This timer is dedicated to real-time operating systems, but could also be used as a standard
down counter. It features:
• A 24-bit down counter
• Autoreload capability
• Maskable system interrupt generation when the counter reaches 0.
• Programmable clock source

36/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Functional overview

3.26 Real-time clock (RTC) and backup registers

The RTC supports the following features:
• Calendar with subsecond, seconds, minutes, hours (12 or 24 format), week day, date,
month, year, in BCD (binary-coded decimal) format.
• Automatic correction for 28, 29 (leap year), 30, and 31 days of the month.
• Two programmable alarms.
• On-the-fly correction from 1 to 32767 RTC clock pulses. This can be used to
synchronize it with a master clock.
• Reference clock detection: a more precise second source clock (50 or 60 Hz) can be
used to enhance the calendar precision.
• Digital calibration circuit with 0.95 ppm resolution, to compensate for quartz crystal
inaccuracy.
• Timestamp feature which can be used to save the calendar content. This function can
be triggered by an event on the timestamp pin, or by a tamper event, or by a switch to
VBAT mode.
• 17-bit auto-reload wakeup timer (WUT) for periodic events with programmable
resolution and period.
The RTC is supplied through a switch that takes power either from the VDD supply when
present or from the VBAT pin.
The RTC clock sources can be:
• A 32.768 kHz external crystal (LSE)
• An external resonator or oscillator (LSE)
• The internal low power RC oscillator (LSI, with typical frequency of 32 kHz)
• The high-speed external clock (HSE) divided by 32.
The RTC is functional in VBAT mode and in all low-power modes when it is clocked by the
LSE. When clocked by the LSI, the RTC is not functional in VBAT mode, but is functional in
all low-power modes except Shutdown mode.
All RTC events (Alarm, WakeUp Timer, Timestamp) can generate an interrupt and wakeup
the device from the low-power modes.

3.27 Tamper and backup registers (TAMP)

• 16 32-bit backup registers, retained in all low-power modes and also in VBAT mode.
They can be used to store sensitive data as their content is protected by an tamper
detection circuit. They are not reset by a system or power reset, or when the device
wakes up from Standby or Shutdown mode.
• Up to three tamper pins for external tamper detection events. The external tamper pins
can be configured for edge detection, edge and level, level detection with filtering.
• Five internal tampers events.
• Any tamper detection can generate a RTC timestamp event.
• Any tamper detection erases the backup registers.
• Any tamper detection can generate an interrupt and wake-up the device from all low-
power modes.

DS12960 Rev 5 37/197

44
Functional overview STM32G441xB

3.28 Infrared transmitter

The STM32G441xB devices provide an infrared transmitter solution. The solution is based
on internal connections between TIM16 and TIM17 as shown in the figure below.
TIM17 is used to provide the carrier frequency and TIM16 provides the main signal to be
sent. The infrared output signal is available on PB9 or PA13.
To generate the infrared remote control signals, TIM16 channel 1 and TIM17 channel 1 must
be properly configured to generate correct waveforms. All standard IR pulse modulation
modes can be obtained by programming the two timers output compare channels.

Figure 4. Infrared transmitter

TIM17_CH1

IRTIM IR_OUT

TIM16_CH1

MS30474V2

38/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Functional overview

3.29 Inter-integrated circuit interface (I2C)

The device embeds three I2Cs. Refer to Table 8: I2C implementation for the features
implementation.
The I2C bus interface handles communications between the microcontroller and the serial
I2C bus. It controls all I2C bus-specific sequencing, protocol, arbitration and timing.
The I2C peripheral supports:
• I2C-bus specification and user manual rev. 5 compatibility:
– Slave and master modes, multimaster capability
– Standard-mode (Sm), with a bitrate up to 100 kbit/s
– Fast-mode (Fm), with a bitrate up to 400 kbit/s
– Fast-mode Plus (Fm+), with a bitrate up to 1 Mbit/s and 20 mA output drive I/Os
– 7-bit and 10-bit addressing mode, multiple 7-bit slave addresses
– Programmable setup and hold times
– Optional clock stretching
• System management bus (SMBus) specification rev 2.0 compatibility:
– Hardware PEC (packet error checking) generation and verification with ACK
control
– Address resolution protocol (ARP) support
– SMBus alert
• Power system management protocol (PMBusTM) specification rev 1.1 compatibility
• Independent clock: a choice of independent clock sources allowing the I2C
communication speed to be independent from the PCLK reprogramming.
• Wakeup from Stop mode on address match
• Programmable analog and digital noise filters
• 1-byte buffer with DMA capability

Table 8. I2C implementation

I2C features(1) I2C1 I2C2 I2C3

Standard-mode (up to 100 kbit/s) X X X

Fast-mode (up to 400 kbit/s) X X X
Fast-mode Plus with 20mA output drive I/Os (up to 1 Mbit/s) X X X
Programmable analog and digital noise filters X X X
SMBus/PMBus hardware support X X X
Independent clock X X X
Wakeup from Stop mode on address match X X X
1. X: supported

DS12960 Rev 5 39/197

44
Functional overview STM32G441xB

3.30 Universal synchronous/asynchronous receiver transmitter

(USART)
The STM32G441xB devices have three embedded universal synchronous receiver
transmitters (USART1, USART2 and USART3) and one universal asynchronous receiver
transmitters (UART4).
These interfaces provide asynchronous communication, IrDA SIR ENDEC support,
multiprocessor communication mode, single-wire half-duplex communication mode and
have LIN master/slave capability. They provide hardware management of the CTS and RTS
signals, and RS485 driver enable.
The USART1, USART2 and USART3 also provide a Smartcard mode (ISO 7816 compliant)
and an SPI-like communication capability.
The USART comes with a Transmit FIFO (TXFIFO) and a Receive FIFO (RXFIFO). FIFO
mode is enabled by software and is disabled by default.
All USART have a clock domain independent from the CPU clock, allowing the USARTx
(x=1,2,3,4) to wake up the MCU from Stop mode. The wakeup from Stop mode can be done
on:
• Start bit detection
• Any received data frame
• A specific programmed data frame
• Some specific TXFIFO/RXFIFO status interrupts when FIFO mode is enabled
All USART interfaces can be served by the DMA controller.

Table 9. USART/UART/LPUART features

USART modes/features(1) USART1 USART2 USART3 UART4 LPUART1

Hardware flow control for modem X X X X X

Continuous communication using DMA X X X X X
Multiprocessor communication X X X X X
Synchronous mode X X X - -
Smartcard mode X X X - -
Single-wire half-duplex communication X X X X X
IrDA SIR ENDEC block X X X X -
LIN mode X X X X -
Dual clock domain X X X X X
Wakeup from Stop mode X X X X X
Receiver timeout interrupt X X X X -
Modbus communication X X X X -
Auto baud rate detection X (4 modes) -
Driver Enable X X X X X
LPUART/USART data length 7, 8 and 9 bits

40/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Functional overview

Table 9. USART/UART/LPUART features (continued)

USART modes/features(1) USART1 USART2 USART3 UART4 LPUART1

Tx/Rx FIFO X
Tx/Rx FIFO size 8
1. X = supported.

3.31 Low-power universal asynchronous receiver transmitter

(LPUART)
The STM32G441xB devices embed one Low-Power UART. The LPUART supports
asynchronous serial communication with minimum power consumption. It supports half-
duplex single-wire communication and modem operations (CTS/RTS). It allows
multiprocessor communication.
The LPUART comes with a Transmit FIFO (TXFIFO) and a Receive FIFO (RXFIFO). FIFO
mode is enabled by software and is disabled by default. It has a clock domain independent
from the CPU clock, and can wakeup the system from Stop mode. The wake up from Stop
mode can be done on:
• Start bit detection
• Any received data frame
• A specific programmed data frame
• Some specific TXFIFO/RXFIFO status interrupts when FIFO mode is enabled
Only a 32.768 kHz clock (LSE) is needed to allow LPUART communication up to 9600
baud. Therefore, even in Stop mode, the LPUART can wait for an incoming frame while
having an extremely low energy consumption. Higher speed clock can be used to reach
higher baudrates.
The LPUART interface can be served by the DMA controller.

3.32 Serial peripheral interface (SPI)

Three SPI interfaces allow communication up to 75 Mbits/s in master and up to 41 Mbits/s in
slave, half-duplex, full-duplex and simplex modes. The 3-bit prescaler gives 8 master mode
frequencies and the frame size is configurable from 4 bits to 16 bits. The SPI interfaces
support NSS pulse mode, TI mode and hardware CRC calculation.
Two standard I2S interfaces (multiplexed with SPI2 and SPI3) supporting four different audio
standards can operate as master or slave at half-duplex communication modes. They can
be configured to transfer 16 and 24 or 32 bits with 16-bit or 32-bit data resolution and
synchronized by a specific signal. Audio sampling frequency from 8 kHz up to 192 kHz can
be set by 8-bit programmable linear prescaler. When operating in master mode it can output
a clock for an external audio component at 256 times the sampling frequency.
All SPI interfaces can be served by the DMA controller.

DS12960 Rev 5 41/197

44
Functional overview STM32G441xB

3.33 Serial audio interfaces (SAI)

The device embeds 1 SAI. The SAI bus interface handles communications between the
microcontroller and the serial audio protocol.

3.33.1 SAI peripheral supports

• Two independent audio sub-blocks which can be transmitters or receivers with their
respective FIFO.
• 8-word integrated FIFOs for each audio sub-block.
• Synchronous or asynchronous mode between the audio sub-blocks.
• Master or slave configuration independent for both audio sub-blocks.
• Clock generator for each audio block to target independent audio frequency sampling
when both audio sub-blocks are configured in master mode.
• Data size configurable: 8-, 10-, 16-, 20-, 24-, 32-bit.
• Peripheral with large configurability and flexibility allowing to target as example the
following audio protocol: I2S, LSB or MSB-justified, PCM/DSP, TDM, AC’97 and SPDIF
out.
• Up to 16 slots available with configurable size and with the possibility to select which
ones are active in the audio frame.
• Number of bits by frame may be configurable.
• Frame synchronization active level configurable (offset, bit length, level).
• First active bit position in the slot is configurable.
• LSB first or MSB first for data transfer.
• Mute mode.
• Stereo/Mono audio frame capability.
• Communication clock strobing edge configurable (SCK).
• Error flags with associated interrupts if enabled respectively.
– Overrun and underrun detection.
– Anticipated frame synchronization signal detection in slave mode.
– Late frame synchronization signal detection in slave mode.
– Codec not ready for the AC’97 mode in reception.
• Interruption sources when enabled:
– Errors.
– FIFO requests.
• DMA interface with 2 dedicated channels to handle access to the dedicated integrated
FIFO of each SAI audio sub-block.

Table 10. SAI features implementation

SAI features Support(1)

I2S, LSB or MSB-justified, PCM/DSP, TDM, AC’97 X

Mute mode X
Stereo/Mono audio frame capability X
16 slots X

42/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Functional overview

Table 10. SAI features implementation (continued)

SAI features Support(1)

Data size configurable: 8-, 10-, 16-, 20-, 24-, 32-bit X

FIFO size X (8 word)
SPDIF X
1. X: supported.

3.34 Controller area network (FDCAN1)

The controller area network (CAN) subsystem consists of one CAN module and message
RAM memory.
The CAN module (FDCAN) is compliant with ISO 11898-1 (CAN protocol specification
version 2.0 part A, B) and CAN FD protocol specification version 1.0.
A 1-Kbyte message RAM memory implements filters, receive FIFOs, receive buffers,
transmit event FIFOs, transmit buffers.

3.35 Universal serial bus (USB)

The STM32G441xB devices embed a full-speed USB device peripheral compliant with the
USB specification version 2.0. The internal USB PHY supports USB FS signaling,
embedded DP pull-up and also battery charging detection according to Battery Charging
Specification Revision 1.2. The USB interface implements a full-speed (12 Mbit/s) function
interface with added support for USB 2.0 Link Power Management. It has software-
configurable endpoint setting with packet memory up-to 1 Kbyte and suspend/resume
support. It requires a precise 48 MHz clock which can be generated from the internal main
PLL (the clock source must use a HSE crystal oscillator) or by the internal 48 MHz oscillator
in automatic trimming mode. The synchronization for this oscillator can be taken from the
USB data stream itself (SOF signalization) which allows crystal less operation.

3.36 USB Type-C™ / USB Power Delivery controller (UCPD)

The device embeds one controller (UCPD) compliant with USB Type-C Rev. 1.2 and USB
Power Delivery Rev. 3.0 specifications.
The controller uses specific I/Os supporting the USB Type-C and USB Power Delivery
requirements, featuring:
• USB Type-C pull-up (Rp, all values) and pull-down (Rd) resistors
• “Dead battery” support
• USB Power Delivery message transmission and reception
• FRS (fast role swap) support

DS12960 Rev 5 43/197

44
Functional overview STM32G441xB

The digital controller handles notably:

• USB Type-C level detection with de-bounce, generating interrupts
• FRS detection, generating an interrupt
• Byte-level interface for USB Power Delivery payload, generating interrupts (DMA
compatible)
• USB Power Delivery timing dividers (including a clock pre-scaler)
• CRC generation/checking
• 4b5b encode/decode
• Ordered sets (with a programmable ordered set mask at receive)
• Frequency recovery in receiver during preamble
The interface offers low-power operation compatible with Stop mode, maintaining the
capacity to detect incoming USB Power Delivery messages and FRS signaling.

3.37 Clock recovery system (CRS)

The devices embed a special block which allows automatic trimming of the internal 48 MHz
oscillator to guarantee its optimal accuracy over the whole device operational range. This
automatic trimming is based on the external synchronization signal, which could be either
derived from USB SOF signalization, from LSE oscillator, from an external signal on
CRS_SYNC pin or generated by user software. For faster lock-in during startup it is also
possible to combine automatic trimming with manual trimming action.

3.38 Development support

3.38.1 Serial wire JTAG debug port (SWJ-DP)

The Arm SWJ-DP interface is embedded, and is a combined JTAG and serial wire debug
port that enables either a serial wire debug or a JTAG probe to be connected to the target.
Debug is performed using 2 pins only instead of 5 required by the JTAG (JTAG pins could
be re-use as GPIO with alternate function): the JTAG TMS and TCK pins are shared with
SWDIO and SWCLK, respectively, and a specific sequence on the TMS pin is used to
switch between JTAG-DP and SW-DP.

3.38.2 Embedded trace macrocell™

The Arm embedded trace macrocell provides a greater visibility of the instruction and data
flow inside the CPU core by streaming compressed data at a very high rate from the
STM32G441xB devices through a small number of ETM pins to an external hardware trace
port analyzer (TPA) device. Real-time instruction and data flow activity be recorded and then
formatted for display on the host computer that runs the debugger software. TPA hardware
is commercially available from common development tool vendors.
The Embedded trace macrocell operates with third party debugger software tools.

44/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Pinouts and pin description

4 Pinouts and pin description

4.1 UFQFPN32 pinout description

Figure 5. STM32G441xB UFQFPN32 pinout

PB8-BOOT0

PA15
VSS

PB7
PB6
PB5
PB4
PB3
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
VDD 1 24 PA14
PF0-OSC_IN 2 23 PA13
PF1-OSC_OUT 3 22 PA12

UFQFPN32
PG10-NRST 4 21 PA11
PA0 5 20 PA10
PA1 6 19 PA9
PA2 7 Exposed pad 18 PA8
PA3 8 17 VDD
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PB0
PA4
PA5
PA6
PA7

VSSA
VDDA
VSS

MSv47174V1

1. The above figure shows the package top view.

4.2 LQFP32 pinout description

Figure 6. STM32G441xB LQFP32 pinout
PB8-BOOT0

PA15
VSS

PB7
PB6
PB5
PB4
PB3
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25

VDD 1 24 PA14
PF0-OSC_IN 2 23 PA13
PF1-OSC_OUT 3 22 PA12
PG10-NRST 4 21 PA11
PA0 5
LQFP32 20 PA10
PA1 6 19 PA9
PA2 7 18 PA8
PA3 8 17 VDD
10

12
13
14
15
16
11
9

PB0
VSSA
VDDA
VSS
PA4
PA5
PA6
PA7

MSv47175V1

1. The above figure shows the package top view.

DS12960 Rev 5 45/197

66
Pinouts and pin description STM32G441xB

4.3 UFQFPN48 pinout description

Figure 7. STM32G441xB UFQFPN48 pinout

PB8-BOOT0

PC10
PC11

PA15
PA14
VDD
PB9

PB7
PB6
PB5
PB4
PB3
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
VBAT 1 36 PA13
PC13 2 35 VDD
PC14-OSC32_IN 3 34 PA12
PC15-OSC32_OUT 4 33 PA11
PF0-OSC_IN 5 32 PA10

UFQFPN48
PF1-OSC_OUT 6 31 PA9
PG10-NRST 7 30 PA8
PA0 8 29 PC6
PA1 9 28 PB15
PA2 10 27 PB14
PA3 11 Exposed pad 26 PB13
PA4 12 25 PB12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
VSS
PC4
PB0
PB1
PB2
VREF+
VDDA
PB10
VDD
PA5
PA6
PA7

PB11
MSv47172V1

1. The above figure shows the package top view.

2. VSS pads are connected to the exposed pad.

4.4 LQFP48 pinout description

Figure 8. STM32G441xB LQFP48 pinout
PB8-BOOT0

PA15
PA14
PA13
VDD
VSS
PB9

PB7
PB6
PB5
PB4
PB3
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37

VBAT 1 36 VDD
PC13 2 35 VSS
PC14 - OSC32_IN 3 34 PA12
PC15 - OSC32_OUT 4 33 PA11
PF0 - OSC_IN 5 32 PA10
PF1 - OSC_OUT 6 31 PA9
PG10 - NRST 7
LQFP48 30 PA8
PA0 8 29 PB15
PA1 9 28 PB14
PA2 10 27 PB13
PA3 11 26 PB12
PA4 12 25 PB11
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
PB0
PB1
PB2
VSSA
VREF+
VDDA

VSS
PB10

VDD
PA5
PA6
PA7

MSv42659V2

1. The above figure shows the package top view.

46/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Pinouts and pin description

4.5 WLCSP49 ballout description

Figure 9. STM32G441xB WLCSP49 ballout
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A PA15 PC11 PB3 PB5 PB7 VSS VDD

PB8-
B PA12 PA13 PA14 PB4 PB9 VBAT
BOOT0

PG10- PC14-
C PA11 PA10 PA9 PB6 PC13
NRST OSC32_IN

PC15-
D PC6 PA8 PB14 PC4 PA7 PA1 OSC32_O
UT

PF1- PF0-
E PB15 PB13 PB11 PB1 PA4
OSC_OUT OSC_IN

F PB12 PB10 VREF+ PB2 PA5 PA2 PA0

G VDD VSS VDDA VSSA PB0 PA6 PA3

MSv47176V2

1. The above figure shows the package top view.

4.6 LQFP64 pinout description

Figure 10. STM32G441xB LQFP64 pinout
PB8-BOOT0

PC12

PC10
PC11

PA15
PA14
PA13
VDD
VSS

PD2
PB9

PB7
PB6
PB5
PB4
PB3
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49

VBAT 1 48 VDD
PC13 2 47 VSS
PC14-OSC32_IN 3 46 PA12
PC15-OSC32_OUT 4 45 PA11
PF0-OSC_IN 5 44 PA10
PF1-OSC_OUT 6 43 PA9
PG10-NRST 7 42 PA8
PC0 8 41 PC9
PC1 9 LQFP64 40 PC8
PC2 10 39 PC7
PC3 11 38 PC6
PA0 12 37 PB15
PA1 13 36 PB14
PA2 14 35 PB13
VSS 15 34 PB12
VDD 16 33 PB11
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
PC4
PC5
PB0
PB1
PB2
VSSA
VREF+
VDDA

VSS
PB10

VDD
PA3
PA4
PA5
PA6
PA7

MSv42658V2

1. The above figure shows the package top view.

DS12960 Rev 5 47/197

66
Pinouts and pin description STM32G441xB

4.7 UFBGA64 ballout description

Figure 11. STM32G441xB UFBGA64 ballout
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A VDD PB9 PB7 PB6 PB3 PC12 PA15 VDD

B PC13 VSS PB8-BOOT0 PB5 PD2 PC11 VSS PA12

PC14-
C VBAT PC1 PB4 PC10 PA14 PA13 PA11
OSC32_IN

PC15-
D PG10-NRST PC2 PA4 PC4 PA10 PA9 PC9
OSC32_OUT

E PF0-OSC_IN PC0 PA1 PA5 PB0 PA8 PC7 PC6

F PF1-OSC_OUT PA0 PA2 PC5 PB1 PC8 PB15 PB14

G PC3 VSS PA6 VSSA VREF+ PB13 VSS PB12

H VDD PA3
PA7 PB2 VDDA PB10 PB11 VDD

MSv47177V3

1. The above figure shows the package top view.

48/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Pinouts and pin description

4.8 LQFP80 pinout description

Figure 12. STM32G441xB LQFP80 pinout

PB8-BOOT0

PC12

PC10
PC11

PA15
PA14
PA13
VDD

VDD
VSS

VSS
PD2
PD1
PD0
PB9

PB7
PB6
PB5
PB4
PB3
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
VBAT 1 60 PA12
PC13 2 59 PA11
PC14-OSC32_IN 3 58 PA10
PC15-OSC32_OUT 4 57 PA9
PF0-OSC_IN 5 56 PA8
PF1-OSC_OUT 6 55 PC9
PG10-NRST 7 54 PC8
PC0 8 53 PC7
PC1 9 52 PC6
PC2 10 51 VDD
PC3 11
LQFP80 50 VSS
PA0 12 49 PD10
PA1 13 48 PD9
PA2 14 47 PD8
VSS 15 46 PB15
VDD 16 45 PB14
PA3 17 44 PB13
PA4 18 43 PB12
PA5 19 42 PB11
PA6 20 41 VDD
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
PC4
PC5
PB0
PB1
PB2
VSSA
VREF+
VDDA
PE7
PE8
PE9
PE10

PE12
PE13
PE14
PE15
PB10
VSS
PA7

PE11

MSv60826V1

1. The above figure shows the package top view.

DS12960 Rev 5 49/197

66
Pinouts and pin description STM32G441xB

4.9 LQFP100 pinout description

Figure 13. STM32G441xB LQFP100 pinout

PB8-BOOT0

PC12

PC10
PC11

PA15
PA14
PA13
VDD
VSS

PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
PE1
PE0
PB9

PB7
PB6
PB5
PB4
PB3
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
PE2 1 75 VDD
PE3 2 74 VSS
PE4 3 73 PA12
PE5 4 72 PA11
PE6 5 71 PA10
VBAT 6 70 PA9
PC13 7 69 PA8
PC14-OSC32_IN 8 68 PC9
PC15-OSC32_OUT 9 67 PC8
PF9 10 66 PC7
PF10 11 65 PC6
PF0-OSC_IN 12 64 VDD
PF1-OSC_OUT 13 LQFP100 63 VSS
PG10-NRST 14 62 PD15
PC0 15 61 PD14
PC1 16 60 PD13
PC2 17 59 PD12
PC3 18 58 PD11
PF2 19 57 PD10
PA0 20 56 PD9
PA1 21 55 PD8
PA2 22 54 PB15
VSS 23 53 PB14
VDD 24 52 PB13
PA3 25 51 PB12
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
PC4
PC5
PB0
PB1
PB2
VSSA
VREF+
VDDA
PE7
PE8
PE9

VSS
PE10

PE12
PE13
PE14
PE15
PB10

VDD
PA4
PA5
PA6
PA7

PE11

PB11

MSv42661V3

1. The above figure shows the package top view.

50/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Pinouts and pin description

4.10 Pin definition

Table 11. Legend/abbreviations used in the pinout table
Name Abbreviation Definition

Unless otherwise specified in brackets below the pin name, the pin function during and after
Pin name
reset is the same as the actual pin name
S Supply pin
Pin type I Input only pin
I/O Input / output pin
FT 5 V tolerant I/O
TT 3.6 V tolerant I/O
B Dedicated BOOT0 pin
NRST Bidirectional reset pin with embedded weak pull-up resistor
Option for TT or FT I/Os
I/O structure
_a I/O, with Analog switch function supplied by VDDA
_c I/O, USB Type-C PD capable
_d I/O, USB Type-C PD Dead Battery function
_f I/O, Fm+ capable
(1)
_u I/O, with USB function

Notes Unless otherwise specified by a note, all I/Os are set as floating inputs during and after reset

Alternate
Functions selected through GPIOx_AFR registers
functions
Pin functions
Additional
Functions directly selected/enabled through peripheral registers
functions

1. The related I/O structures in Table 12 are FT_u.

DS12960 Rev 5 51/197

66
Pinouts and pin description STM32G441xB

Table 12. STM32G441xB pin definition(1)

Pin Number

I/O structure
Pin type
Pin name
UFQFPN32

UFQFPN48

Notes
Additional
WLCSP49

UFBGA64

LQFP100
LQFP32

LQFP48

LQFP64

LQFP80
(function Alternate function
functions
after reset)

TRACECK, TIM3_CH1,
SAI1_CK1,
- - - - - - - - 1 PE2 I/O FT - -
SAI1_MCLK_A,
EVENTOUT

TRACED0, TIM3_CH2,
- - - - - - - - 2 PE3 I/O FT - -
SAI1_SD_B, EVENTOUT

TRACED1, TIM3_CH3,
- - - - - - - - 3 PE4 I/O FT - SAI1_D2, SAI1_FS_A, -
EVENTOUT

TRACED2, TIM3_CH4,
- - - - - - - - 4 PE5 I/O FT - SAI1_CK2, SAI1_SCK_A, -
EVENTOUT

TRACED3,
WKUP3,
- - - - - - - - 5 PE6 I/O FT - SAI1_D1,
RTC_TAMP3
SAI1_SD_A, EVENTOUT

- - 1 1 B7 1 C2 1 6 VBAT S - - - -

TIM1_BKIN, WKUP2,
(2) TIM1_CH1N, RTC_TAMP1,
- - 2 2 C5 2 B1 2 7 PC13 I/O FT (3) TIM8_CH4N, RTC_TS,
EVENTOUT RTC_OUT1

PC14- (2)
- - 3 3 C7 3 C1 3 8 I/O FT (3) EVENTOUT OSC32_IN
OSC32_IN
(2)
PC15-
- - 4 4 D7 4 D1 4 9 I/O FT (3) EVENTOUT OSC32_OUT
OSC32_OUT

TIM15_CH1,
SPI2_SCK,
- - - - - - - - 10 PF9 I/O FT - -
SAI1_FS_B,
EVENTOUT

TIM15_CH2,
SPI2_SCK,
- - - - - - - - 11 PF10 I/O FT - -
SAI1_D3,
EVENTOUT

I2C2_SDA,
SPI2_NSS/ ADC1_IN10,
2 2 5 5 E7 5 E1 5 12 PF0-OSC_IN I/O FT_fa -
I2S2_WS, TIM1_CH3N, OSC_IN
EVENTOUT

SPI2_SCK/ ADC2_IN10,
PF1-
3 3 6 6 E6 6 F1 6 13 I/O FT_a - I2S2_CK, COMP3_INM,
OSC_OUT
EVENTOUT OSC_OUT

MCO,
4 4 7 7 C6 7 D2 7 14 PG10-NRST I/O FT - NRST
EVENTOUT

52/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Pinouts and pin description

Table 12. STM32G441xB pin definition(1) (continued)

Pin Number

I/O structure
Pin type
Pin name
UFQFPN32

UFQFPN48

Notes
Additional
WLCSP49

UFBGA64

LQFP100
LQFP32

LQFP48

LQFP64

LQFP80
(function Alternate function
functions
after reset)

LPTIM1_IN1, TIM1_CH1,
ADC12_IN6,
- - - - - 8 E2 8 15 PC0 I/O FT_a - LPUART1_RX,
COMP3_INM
EVENTOUT

LPTIM1_OUT,
TIM1_CH2,
ADC12_IN7,
- - - - - 9 C3 9 16 PC1 I/O TT_a - LPUART1_TX,
COMP3_INP
SAI1_SD_A,
EVENTOUT

LPTIM1_IN2, TIM1_CH3,
- - - - - 10 D3 10 17 PC2 I/O FT_a - COMP3_OUT, ADC12_IN8
EVENTOUT

LPTIM1_ETR,
TIM1_CH4,
SAI1_D1,
- - - - - 11 G1 11 18 PC3 I/O FT_a - ADC12_IN9
TIM1_BKIN2,
SAI1_SD_A,
EVENTOUT

- - - - - - - - 19 PF2 I/O FT - I2C2_SMBA, EVENTOUT -

TIM2_CH1, ADC12_IN1,
USART2_CTS, COMP1_INM,
5 5 8 8 F7 12 F2 12 20 PA0 I/O TT_a - COMP1_OUT, COMP3_INP,
TIM8_BKIN, TIM8_ETR, RTC_TAMP2,
TIM2_ETR, EVENTOUT WKUP1

RTC_REFIN,
ADC12_IN2,
TIM2_CH2,
COMP1_INP,
6 6 9 9 D6 13 E3 13 21 PA1 I/O TT_a - USART2_RTS_DE,
OPAMP1_VINP,
TIM15_CH1N,
OPAMP3_VINP
EVENTOUT
TIM2_CH3, USART2_TX,
ADC1_IN3,
COMP2_OUT,
COMP2_INM,
TIM15_CH1,
7 7 10 10 F6 14 F3 14 22 PA2 I/O TT_a - OPAMP1_VOUT,
LPUART1_TX,
WKUP4/
UCPD1_FRSTX,
LSCO
EVENTOUT
- - - - - 15 G2 15 23 VSS S - - - -

- - - - - 16 H1 16 24 VDD S - - - -

TIM2_CH4, SAI1_CK1,
USART2_RX, ADC1_IN4,
TIM15_CH2, COMP2_INP,
8 8 11 11 G7 17 H2 17 25 PA3 I/O TT_a -
LPUART1_RX, OPAMP1_VINM/
SAI1_MCLK_A, OPAMP1_VINP
EVENTOUT

DS12960 Rev 5 53/197

66
Pinouts and pin description STM32G441xB

Table 12. STM32G441xB pin definition(1) (continued)

Pin Number

I/O structure
Pin type
Pin name
UFQFPN32

UFQFPN48

Notes
Additional
WLCSP49

UFBGA64

LQFP100
LQFP32

LQFP48

LQFP64

LQFP80
(function Alternate function
functions
after reset)

TIM3_CH2, SPI1_NSS,
ADC2_IN17,
SPI3_NSS/
9 9 12 12 E5 18 D4 18 26 PA4 I/O TT_a - DAC1_OUT1,
I2S3_WS, USART2_CK,
COMP1_INM
SAI1_FS_B, EVENTOUT

TIM2_CH1, TIM2_ETR, ADC2_IN13,

SPI1_SCK, DAC1_OUT2,
10 10 13 13 F5 19 E4 19 27 PA5 I/O TT_a -
UCPD1_FRSTX, COMP2_INM,
EVENTOUT OPAMP2_VINM

TIM16_CH1, TIM3_CH1,
TIM8_BKIN, SPI1_MISO,
TIM1_BKIN, ADC2_IN3,
11 11 14 14 G6 20 G3 20 28 PA6 I/O TT_a -
COMP1_OUT, OPAMP2_VOUT
LPUART1_CTS,
EVENTOUT

TIM17_CH1, TIM3_CH2,
TIM8_CH1N,
ADC2_IN4,
SPI1_MOSI,
COMP2_INP,
12 12 15 15 D5 21 H3 21 29 PA7 I/O TT_a - TIM1_CH1N,
OPAMP1_VINP,
COMP2_OUT,
OPAMP2_VINP
UCPD1_FRSTX,
EVENTOUT

TIM1_ETR, I2C2_SCL,
- - 16 - D4 22 D5 22 30 PC4 I/O FT_fa - USART1_TX, ADC2_IN5
EVENTOUT

TIM15_BKIN, SAI1_D3, ADC2_IN11,

TIM1_CH4N, OPAMP1_VINM,
- - - - - 23 F4 23 31 PC5 I/O TT_a -
USART1_RX, OPAMP2_VINM,
EVENTOUT WKUP5

TIM3_CH3, TIM8_CH2N, ADC1_IN15,

TIM1_CH2N, COMP4_INP,
13 13 17 16 G5 24 E5 24 32 PB0 I/O TT_a -
UCPD1_FRSTX, OPAMP2_VINP,
EVENTOUT OPAMP3_VINP

TIM3_CH4, TIM8_CH3N,
TIM1_CH3N, ADC1_IN12,
- - 18 17 E4 25 F5 25 33 PB1 I/O TT_a - COMP4_OUT, COMP1_INP,
LPUART1_RTS_DE, OPAMP3_VOUT
EVENTOUT

RTC_OUT2, ADC2_IN12,
- - 19 18 F4 26 H4 26 34 PB2 I/O TT_a - LPTIM1_OUT, COMP4_INM,
I2C3_SMBA, EVENTOUT OPAMP3_VINM

14 14 - 19 G4 27 G4 27 35 VSSA S - - - -

- - 20 20 F3 28 G5 28 36 VREF+ S - - - VREFBUF_OUT

- - 21 21 G3 29 H5 29 37 VDDA S - - - -

15 15 - - - - - - - VDDA/VREF+ S - - - -

54/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Pinouts and pin description

Table 12. STM32G441xB pin definition(1) (continued)

Pin Number

I/O structure
Pin type
Pin name
UFQFPN32

UFQFPN48

Notes
Additional
WLCSP49

UFBGA64

LQFP100
LQFP32

LQFP48

LQFP64

LQFP80
(function Alternate function
functions
after reset)

TIM1_ETR, SAI1_SD_B,
- - - - - - - 30 38 PE7 I/O TT_a - COMP4_INP
EVENTOUT

TIM1_CH1N,
- - - - - - - 31 39 PE8 I/O FT_a - SAI1_SCK_B, COMP4_INM
EVENTOUT

TIM1_CH1, SAI1_FS_B,
- - - - - - - 32 40 PE9 I/O FT - -
EVENTOUT

TIM1_CH2N,
- - - - - - - 33 41 PE10 I/O FT - SAI1_MCLK_B, -
EVENTOUT

- - - - - - - 34 42 PE11 I/O FT - TIM1_CH2, EVENTOUT -

- - - - - - - 35 43 PE12 I/O FT - TIM1_CH3N, EVENTOUT -

- - - - - - - 36 44 PE13 I/O FT - TIM1_CH3, EVENTOUT -

TIM1_CH4, TIM1_BKIN2,
- - - - - - - 37 45 PE14 I/O FT - -
EVENTOUT

TIM1_BKIN, TIM1_CH4N,
- - - - - - - 38 46 PE15 I/O FT - USART3_RX, -
EVENTOUT

TIM2_CH3, USART3_TX,
LPUART1_RX,
- - 22 22 F2 30 H6 39 47 PB10 I/O TT_a - TIM1_BKIN, OPAMP3_VINM
SAI1_SCK_A,
EVENTOUT

16 16 - 23 G2 31 G7 40 48 VSS S - - - -

17 17 23 24 G1 32 H8 41 49 VDD S - - - -

TIM2_CH4, USART3_RX,
- - 24 25 E3 33 H7 42 50 PB11 I/O FT_a - LPUART1_TX, ADC12_IN14
EVENTOUT

I2C2_SMBA, SPI2_NSS/
I2S2_WS, TIM1_BKIN,
- - 25 26 F1 34 G8 43 51 PB12 I/O FT_a - USART3_CK, ADC1_IN11
LPUART1_RTS_DE,
EVENTOUT

SPI2_SCK/I2S2_CK,
TIM1_CH1N,
- - 26 27 E2 35 G6 44 52 PB13 I/O TT_a - USART3_CTS, OPAMP3_VINP
LPUART1_CTS,
EVENTOUT

TIM15_CH1, SPI2_MISO,
TIM1_CH2N,
ADC1_IN5,
- - 27 28 D3 36 F8 45 53 PB14 I/O TT_a - USART3_RTS_DE,
OPAMP2_VINP
COMP4_OUT,
EVENTOUT

DS12960 Rev 5 55/197

66
Pinouts and pin description STM32G441xB

Table 12. STM32G441xB pin definition(1) (continued)

Pin Number

I/O structure
Pin type
Pin name
UFQFPN32

UFQFPN48

Notes
Additional
WLCSP49

UFBGA64

LQFP100
LQFP32

LQFP48

LQFP64

LQFP80
(function Alternate function
functions
after reset)

RTC_REFIN,
TIM15_CH2,
TIM15_CH1N,
COMP3_OUT,
- - 28 29 E1 37 F7 46 54 PB15 I/O FT_a - ADC2_IN15
TIM1_CH3N,
SPI2_MOSI/
I2S2_SD,
EVENTOUT
USART3_TX,
- - - - - - - 47 55 PD8 I/O FT_a - -
EVENTOUT

USART3_RX,
- - - - - - - 48 56 PD9 I/O FT - -
EVENTOUT

USART3_CK,
- - - - - - - 49 57 PD10 I/O FT - -
EVENTOUT

USART3_CTS,
- - - - - - - - 58 PD11 I/O FT_a - -
EVENTOUT
TIM4_CH1,
- - - - - - - - 59 PD12 I/O FT - USART3_RTS_DE, -
EVENTOUT
- - - - - - - - 60 PD13 I/O FT - TIM4_CH2, EVENTOUT -

- - - - - - - - 61 PD14 I/O TT_a - TIM4_CH3, EVENTOUT OPAMP2_VINP

TIM4_CH4, SPI2_NSS,
- - - - - - - - 62 PD15 I/O FT - -
EVENTOUT

- - - - - - - 50 63 VSS S - - - -

- - - - - - - 51 64 VDD S - - - -
TIM3_CH1, TIM8_CH1,
- - 29 - D1 38 E8 52 65 PC6 I/O FT - -
I2S2_MCK, EVENTOUT

TIM3_CH2, TIM8_CH2,
- - - - - 39 E7 53 66 PC7 I/O FT - -
I2S3_MCK, EVENTOUT

TIM3_CH3, TIM8_CH3,
- - - - - 40 F6 54 67 PC8 I/O FT_f - -
I2C3_SCL, EVENTOUT

TIM3_CH4, TIM8_CH4,
- - - - - 41 D8 55 68 PC9 I/O FT_f - I2SCKIN, TIM8_BKIN2, -
I2C3_SDA, EVENTOUT

MCO, I2C3_SCL,
I2C2_SDA, I2S2_MCK,
TIM1_CH1, USART1_CK,
18 18 30 30 D2 42 E6 56 69 PA8 I/O FT_f - -
TIM4_ETR, SAI1_CK2,
SAI1_SCK_A,
EVENTOUT

56/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Pinouts and pin description

Table 12. STM32G441xB pin definition(1) (continued)

Pin Number

I/O structure
Pin type
Pin name
UFQFPN32

UFQFPN48

Notes
Additional
WLCSP49

UFBGA64

LQFP100
LQFP32

LQFP48

LQFP64

LQFP80
(function Alternate function
functions
after reset)

I2C3_SMBA, I2C2_SCL,
I2S3_MCK, TIM1_CH2,
19 19 31 31 C3 43 D7 57 70 PA9 I/O FT_fd - USART1_TX, UCPD1_DBCC1
TIM15_BKIN, TIM2_CH3,
SAI1_FS_A, EVENTOUT

TIM17_BKIN,
USB_CRS_SYNC,
I2C2_SMBA, SPI2_MISO,
FT_d
20 20 32 32 C2 44 D6 58 71 PA10 I/O - TIM1_CH3, USART1_RX, UCPD1_DBCC2
a
TIM2_CH4, TIM8_BKIN,
SAI1_D1, SAI1_SD_A,
EVENTOUT

SPI2_MOSI/
I2S2_SD,
TIM1_CH1N,
USART1_CTS,
COMP1_OUT,
21 21 33 33 C1 45 C8 59 72 PA11 I/O FT_u - USB_DM
FDCAN1_RX,
TIM4_CH1,
TIM1_CH4,
TIM1_BKIN2,
EVENTOUT

TIM16_CH1,
I2SCKIN,
TIM1_CH2N,
USART1_RTS_DE,
22 22 34 34 B1 46 B8 60 73 PA12 I/O FT_u - USB_DP
COMP2_OUT,
FDCAN1_TX, TIM4_CH2,
TIM1_ETR,
EVENTOUT

- - - 35 - 47 B7 61 74 VSS S - - - -
- - 35 36 - 48 A8 62 75 VDD S - - - -

SWDIO-JTMS,
TIM16_CH1N,
I2C1_SCL,
(4) IR_OUT,
23 23 36 37 B2 49 C7 63 76 PA13 I/O FT_f -
USART3_CTS,
TIM4_CH3,
SAI1_SD_B,
EVENTOUT
SWCLK-JTCK,
LPTIM1_OUT,
I2C1_SDA,
(4) TIM8_CH2,
24 24 37 38 B3 50 C6 64 77 PA14 I/O FT_f -
TIM1_BKIN,
USART2_TX,
SAI1_FS_B,
EVENTOUT

DS12960 Rev 5 57/197

66
Pinouts and pin description STM32G441xB

Table 12. STM32G441xB pin definition(1) (continued)

Pin Number

I/O structure
Pin type
Pin name
UFQFPN32

UFQFPN48

Notes
Additional
WLCSP49

UFBGA64

LQFP100
LQFP32

LQFP48

LQFP64

LQFP80
(function Alternate function
functions
after reset)

JTDI,
TIM2_CH1, TIM8_CH1,
I2C1_SCL, SPI1_NSS,
(4) SPI3_NSS/
25 25 38 39 A1 51 A7 65 78 PA15 I/O FT_f -
I2S3_WS, USART2_RX,
UART4_RTS_DE,
TIM1_BKIN, TIM2_ETR,
EVENTOUT
TIM8_CH1N,
UART4_TX,
SPI3_SCK/
- - 39 - - 52 C5 66 79 PC10 I/O FT - -
I2S3_CK,
USART3_TX,
EVENTOUT

TIM8_CH2N, UART4_RX,
SPI3_MISO,
- - 40 - A2 53 B6 67 80 PC11 I/O FT_f - -
USART3_RX, I2C3_SDA,
EVENTOUT

TIM8_CH3N,
SPI3_MOSI/
I2S3_SD,
- - - - - 54 A6 68 81 PC12 I/O FT - -
USART3_CK,
UCPD1_FRSTX,
EVENTOUT

TIM8_CH4N,
- - - - - - - 69 82 PD0 I/O FT - FDCAN1_RX, -
EVENTOUT

TIM8_CH4, TIM8_BKIN2,
- - - - - - - 70 83 PD1 I/O FT - FDCAN1_TX, -
EVENTOUT

TIM3_ETR, TIM8_BKIN,
- - - - - 55 B5 71 84 PD2 I/O FT - -
EVENTOUT

TIM2_CH1/
TIM2_ETR,
- - - - - - - - 85 PD3 I/O FT - -
USART2_CTS,
EVENTOUT

TIM2_CH2,
- - - - - - - - 86 PD4 I/O FT - USART2_RTS_DE, -
EVENTOUT

USART2_TX,
- - - - - - - - 87 PD5 I/O FT - -
EVENTOUT

TIM2_CH4,
SAI1_D1, USART2_RX,
- - - - - - - - 88 PD6 I/O FT - -
SAI1_SD_A,
EVENTOUT

58/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Pinouts and pin description

Table 12. STM32G441xB pin definition(1) (continued)

Pin Number

I/O structure
Pin type
Pin name
UFQFPN32

UFQFPN48

Notes
Additional
WLCSP49

UFBGA64

LQFP100
LQFP32

LQFP48

LQFP64

LQFP80
(function Alternate function
functions
after reset)

TIM2_CH3, USART2_CK,
- - - - - - - - 89 PD7 I/O FT - -
EVENTOUT

JTDO-TRACESWO,
TIM2_CH2, TIM4_ETR,
USB_CRS_SYNC,
TIM8_CH1N, SPI1_SCK,
(4) SPI3_SCK/
26 26 41 40 A3 56 A5 72 90 PB3 I/O FT -
I2S3_CK,
USART2_TX,
TIM3_ETR,
SAI1_SCK_B,
EVENTOUT

JTRST,
TIM16_CH1,
TIM3_CH1,
TIM8_CH2N,
(4) SPI1_MISO,
27 27 42 41 B4 57 C4 73 91 PB4 I/O FT_c (5) UCPD1_CC2
SPI3_MISO,
USART2_RX,
TIM17_BKIN,
SAI1_MCLK_B,
EVENTOUT

TIM16_BKIN, TIM3_CH2,
TIM8_CH3N,
I2C1_SMBA, SPI1_MOSI,
SPI3_MOSI/
A4
28 28 43 42 58 B4 74 92 PB5 I/O FT_f - I2S3_SD, -
3
USART2_CK, I2C3_SDA,
TIM17_CH1,
LPTIM1_IN1,
SAI1_SD_B, EVENTOUT

TIM16_CH1N,
TIM4_CH1, TIM8_CH1,
TIM8_ETR, USART1_TX,
29 29 44 43 C4 59 A4 75 93 PB6 I/O FT_c (5) COMP4_OUT, UCPD1_CC1
TIM8_BKIN2,
LPTIM1_ETR,
SAI1_FS_B, EVENTOUT

TIM17_CH1N,
TIM4_CH2, I2C1_SDA,
TIM8_BKIN,
USART1_RX,
30 30 45 44 A5 60 A3 76 94 PB7 I/O FT_f - PVD_IN
COMP3_OUT,
TIM3_CH4, LPTIM1_IN2,
UART4_CTS,
EVENTOUT

DS12960 Rev 5 59/197

66
Pinouts and pin description STM32G441xB

Table 12. STM32G441xB pin definition(1) (continued)

Pin Number

I/O structure
Pin type
Pin name
UFQFPN32

UFQFPN48

Notes
Additional
WLCSP49

UFBGA64

LQFP100
LQFP32

LQFP48

LQFP64

LQFP80
(function Alternate function
functions
after reset)

TIM16_CH1, TIM4_CH3,
SAI1_CK1, I2C1_SCL,
USART3_RX,
(6) COMP1_OUT,
31 31 46 45 B5 61 B3 77 95 PB8-BOOT0 I/O FT_f -
FDCAN1_RX, TIM8_CH2,
TIM1_BKIN,
SAI1_MCLK_A,
EVENTOUT

TIM17_CH1, TIM4_CH4,
SAI1_D2, I2C1_SDA,
IR_OUT, USART3_TX,
- - 47 46 B6 62 A2 78 96 PB9 I/O FT_f - COMP2_OUT, -
FDCAN1_TX, TIM8_CH3,
TIM1_CH3N, SAI1_FS_A,
EVENTOUT

TIM4_ETR, TIM16_CH1,
- - - - - - - - 97 PE0 I/O FT - USART1_TX, -
EVENTOUT

TIM17_CH1,
- - - - - - - - 98 PE1 I/O FT - USART1_RX, -
EVENTOUT

32 32 - 47 A6 63 B2 79 99 VSS S - - - -
10
1 1 48 48 A7 64 A1 80 VDD S - - - -
0

1. Function availability depends on the chosen device.

2. PC13, PC14 and PC15 are supplied through the power switch. Since the switch only sinks a limited amount of current (3
mA), the use of GPIOs PC13 to PC15 in output mode is limited:
- The speed should not exceed 2 MHz with a maximum load of 30 pF
- These GPIOs must not be used as current sources (e.g. to drive an LED).
3. After a Backup domain power-up, PC13, PC14 and PC15 operate as GPIOs. Their function then depends on the content of
the RTC registers which are not reset by the system reset. For details on how to manage these GPIOs, refer to the Backup
domain and RTC register descriptions in the reference manual RM0440 "STM32G4 Series advanced Arm®-based 32-bit
MCUs".
4. After reset, these pins are configured as JTAG/SW debug alternate functions, and the internal pull-up on PA15, PA13, PB4
pins and the internal pull-down on PA14 pin are activated.
5. After reset, a pull-down resistor (Rd = 5.1kΩ from UCPD peripheral) can be activated on PB6, PB4 (UCPD1_CC1,
UCPD1_CC2). The pull-down on PB6 (UCPD1_CC1) is activated by high level on PA9 (UCPD1_DBCC1). The pull-down
on PB4 (UCPD1_CC2) is activated by high level on PA10 (UCPD1_DBCC2). This pull-down control (dead battery support
on UCPD peripheral) can be disabled by setting bit UCPD1_DBDIS=1 in the PWR_CR3 register. PB4, PB6 have
UCPD_CC functionality which implements an internal pull-down resistor (5.1kΩ) which is controlled by the voltage on the
UCPD_DBCC pin (PA10, PA9). A high level on the UCPD_DBCC pin activates the pull-down on the UCPD_CC pin. The
pull-down effect on the CC lines can be removed by using the bit UCPD1_DBDIS =1 (USB Type-C and power delivery dead
battery disable) in the PWR_CR3 register.
6. It is recommended to set PB8 in another mode than analog mode after startup to limit consumption if the pin is left
unconnected

60/197 DS12960 Rev 5

 4.11 Alternate functions

STM32G441xB
Table 13. Alternate function
AF0 AF1 AF2 AF3 AF4 AF5 AF6 AF7 AF8 AF9 AF10 AF11 AF12 AF13 AF14 AF15

SPI1/2/3/ I2C3/4
Port I2C3/SAI1/ SPI2/3/
LPTIM1/TI I2C3/TIM1/ I2C1/2/3/ I2S2/3/ /UART4/ CAN/TIM1/ LPTIM1/TI UART4/SAI
USB/TIM8/ I2S2/3/ USART1/2/ TIM2/3/4/8/ LPUART1/ SAI1/
SYS_AF M2/5/15/1 2/3/4/8/15/ TIM1/8/16/ UART4 LPUART1/ 8/15/FDCA M1/8/FDCA 1/TIM2/15/ EVENT
15/ TIM1/8/ 3/CAN 17 SAI1/TIM1 OPAMP2
6/17 GPCOMP1 17 /TIM8/Infra GPCOMP1/ N1 N1 UCPD1
GPCOMP3 Infrared
red 2/3

PA0 - TIM2_ - - - - - USART2_ COMP1_ TIM8_BKIN TIM8_ETR - - - TIM2_ETR EVENT

CH1 CTS OUT OUT

PA1 RTC_ TIM2_ - - - - - USART2_ - TIM15_ - - - - - EVENT

REFIN CH2 RTS_DE CH1N OUT

PA2 - TIM2_ - - - - - USART2_ COMP2_ TIM15_ - - LPUART1_ - UCPD1_ EVENT

CH3 TX OUT CH1 TX FRSTX OUT

PA3 - TIM2_ - SAI1_CK1 - - - USART2_ - TIM15_ - - LPUART1_ SAI1_ - EVENT

CH4 RX CH2 RX MCLK_A OUT

SPI3_NSS/ USART2_ EVENT

PA4 - - TIM3_CH2 - - SPI1_NSS - - - - - SAI1_FS_B -
I2S3_WS CK OUT
DS12960 Rev 5

PA5 - TIM2_ TIM2_ETR - - SPI1_SCK - - - - - - - - UCPD1_ EVENT

CH1 FRSTX OUT

PA6 - TIM16_ TIM3_CH1 - TIM8_BKIN SPI1_MISO TIM1_BKIN - COMP1_ - - - LPUART1_ - - EVENT

CH1 OUT CTS OUT

PA7 - TIM17_ TIM3_CH2 - TIM8_ SPI1_MOSI TIM1_ - COMP2_ - - - - - UCPD1_ EVENT

CH1 CH1N CH1N OUT FRSTX OUT
Port A

PA8 MCO - I2C3_SCL - I2C2_SDA I2S2_MCK TIM1_CH1 USART1_ - - TIM4_ETR - SAI1_CK2 - SAI1_ EVENT
CK SCK_A OUT

PA9 - - I2C3_ - I2C2_SCL I2S3_MCK TIM1_CH2 USART1_ - TIM15_ TIM2_CH3 - - - SAI1_FS_A EVENT
SMBA TX BKIN OUT

PA10 - TIM17_ - USB_ I2C2_ SPI2_MISO TIM1_CH3 USART1_ - - TIM2_CH4 TIM8_BKIN SAI1_D1 - SAI1_SD_ EVENT
BKIN CRS_SYNC SMBA RX A OUT

SPI2_MOSI TIM1_ USART1_ COMP1_ FDCAN1_R TIM1_ EVENT

Pinouts and pin description

PA11 - - - - - TIM4_CH1 TIM1_CH4 - -
/I2S2_SD CH1N CTS OUT X BKIN2 OUT

PA12 - TIM16_ - - - I2SCKIN TIM1_ USART1_ COMP2_ FDCAN1_T TIM4_CH2 TIM1_ETR - - - EVENT
CH1 CH2N RTS_DE OUT X OUT

PA13 SWDIO- TIM16_ - - I2C1_SCL IR_OUT - USART3_ - - TIM4_CH3 - - SAI1_SD_ - EVENT

JTMS CH1N CTS B OUT

PA14 SWCLK- LPTIM1_ - - I2C1_SDA TIM8_CH2 TIM1_BKIN USART2_ - - - - - SAI1_FS_B - EVENT

JTCK OUT TX OUT

TIM2_ SPI3_NSS/ USART2_ UART4_ EVENT

PA15 JTDI TIM8_CH1 - I2C1_SCL SPI1_NSS TIM1_BKIN - - - - TIM2_ETR
CH1 I2S3_WS RX RTS_DE OUT
61/197
 Table 13. Alternate function (continued)
62/197

Pinouts and pin description

AF0 AF1 AF2 AF3 AF4 AF5 AF6 AF7 AF8 AF9 AF10 AF11 AF12 AF13 AF14 AF15

SPI1/2/3/ I2C3/4
Port I2C3/SAI1/ SPI2/3/
LPTIM1/TI I2C3/TIM1/ I2C1/2/3/ I2S2/3/ /UART4/ CAN/TIM1/ LPTIM1/TI UART4/SAI
USB/TIM8/ I2S2/3/ USART1/2/ TIM2/3/4/8/ LPUART1/ SAI1/
SYS_AF M2/5/15/1 2/3/4/8/15/ TIM1/8/16/ UART4 LPUART1/ 8/15/FDCA M1/8/FDCA 1/TIM2/15/ EVENT
15/ TIM1/8/ 3/CAN 17 SAI1/TIM1 OPAMP2
6/17 GPCOMP1 17 /TIM8/Infra GPCOMP1/ N1 N1 UCPD1
GPCOMP3 Infrared
red 2/3

PB0 - - TIM3_CH3 - TIM8_ - TIM1_ - - - - - - - UCPD1_FR EVENT

CH2N CH2N STX OUT

PB1 - - TIM3_CH4 - TIM8_ - TIM1_ - COMP4_ - - - LPUART1_ - - EVENT

CH3N CH3N OUT RTS_DE OUT

PB2 RTC_OUT2 LPTIM1_ - - I2C3_ - - - - - - - - - - EVENT

OUT SMBA OUT

JTDO- TIM2_ USB_CRS_ TIM8_ SPI3_SCK/ USART2_ SAI1_SCK EVENT

PB3 TIM4_ETR SPI1_SCK - - TIM3_ETR - - -
TRACESWO CH2 SYNC CH1N I2S3_CK TX _B OUT

PB4 JTRST TIM16_ TIM3_CH1 - TIM8_ SPI1_MISO SPI3_MISO USART2_ - - TIM17_ - - - SAI1_ EVENT
CH1 CH2N RX BKIN MCLK_B OUT

TIM16_ TIM8_ I2C1_ SPI3_MOSI USART2_ TIM17_ LPTIM1_ SAI1_SD_ EVENT

PB5 - TIM3_CH2 SPI1_MOSI I2C3_SDA - - -
BKIN CH3N SMBA /I2S3_SD CK CH1 IN1 B OUT
DS12960 Rev 5

PB6 - TIM16_ TIM4_CH1 - - TIM8_CH1 TIM8_ETR USART1_ COMP4_ - TIM8_ LPTIM1_ - - SAI1_FS_B EVENT
CH1N TX OUT BKIN2 ETR OUT

PB7 - TIM17_ TIM4_CH2 - I2C1_SDA TIM8_BKIN - USART1_ COMP3_ - TIM3_CH4 LPTIM1_ - - UART4_ EVENT
Port B

CH1N RX OUT IN2 CTS OUT

PB8 - TIM16_ TIM4_CH3 SAI1_CK1 I2C1_SCL - - USART3_ COMP1_ FDCAN1_R TIM8_CH2 - TIM1_BKIN - SAI1_ EVENT
CH1 RX OUT X MCLK_A OUT

PB9 - TIM17_ TIM4_CH4 SAI1_D2 I2C1_SDA - IR_OUT USART3_ COMP2_ FDCAN1_T TIM8_CH3 - TIM1_ - SAI1_FS_A EVENT
CH1 TX OUT X CH3N OUT

PB10 - TIM2_ - - - - - USART3_ LPUART1_ - - - TIM1_BKIN - SAI1_ EVENT

CH3 TX RX SCK_A OUT

PB11 - TIM2_ - - - - - USART3_ LPUART1_ - - - - - - EVENT

CH4 RX TX OUT

I2C2_ SPI2_NSS/ USART3_ LPUART1_ EVENT

PB12 - - - - TIM1_BKIN - - - - - -
SMBA I2S2_WS CK RTS_DE OUT

PB13 - - - - - SPI2_SCK/ TIM1_ USART3_ LPUART1_ - - - - - - EVENT

I2S2_CK CH1N CTS CTS OUT

PB14 - TIM15_ - - - SPI2_MISO TIM1_ USART3_ COMP4_ - - - - - - EVENT

CH1 CH2N RTS_DE OUT OUT

STM32G441xB
TIM15_ TIM15_ COMP3_ TIM1_ SPI2_MOSI EVENT
PB15 RTC_REFIN - - - - - - - - -
CH2 CH1N OUT CH3N /I2S2_SD OUT
 Table 13. Alternate function (continued)

STM32G441xB
AF0 AF1 AF2 AF3 AF4 AF5 AF6 AF7 AF8 AF9 AF10 AF11 AF12 AF13 AF14 AF15

SPI1/2/3/ I2C3/4
Port I2C3/SAI1/ SPI2/3/
LPTIM1/TI I2C3/TIM1/ I2C1/2/3/ I2S2/3/ /UART4/ CAN/TIM1/ LPTIM1/TI UART4/SAI
USB/TIM8/ I2S2/3/ USART1/2/ TIM2/3/4/8/ LPUART1/ SAI1/
SYS_AF M2/5/15/1 2/3/4/8/15/ TIM1/8/16/ UART4 LPUART1/ 8/15/FDCA M1/8/FDCA 1/TIM2/15/ EVENT
15/ TIM1/8/ 3/CAN 17 SAI1/TIM1 OPAMP2
6/17 GPCOMP1 17 /TIM8/Infra GPCOMP1/ N1 N1 UCPD1
GPCOMP3 Infrared
red 2/3

PC0 - LPTIM1_ TIM1_CH1 - - - - - LPUART1_ - - - - - - EVENT

IN1 RX OUT

PC1 - LPTIM1_ TIM1_CH2 - - - - - LPUART1_ - - - - SAI1_SD_ - EVENT

OUT TX A OUT

PC2 - LPTIM1_ TIM1_CH3 COMP3_ - - - - - - - - - - - EVENT

IN2 OUT OUT

PC3 - LPTIM1_ TIM1_CH4 SAI1_D1 - - TIM1_ - - - - - - SAI1_SD_ - EVENT

ETR BKIN2 A OUT

PC4 - - TIM1_ETR - I2C2_SCL - - USART1_ - - - - - - - EVENT

TX OUT

PC5 - - TIM15_ SAI1_D3 - - TIM1_ USART1_ - - - - - - - EVENT

BKIN CH4N RX OUT

PC6 - - TIM3_CH1 - TIM8_ - I2S2_MCK - - - - - - - - EVENT

CH1 OUT
DS12960 Rev 5

PC7 - - TIM3_CH2 - TIM8_ - I2S3_MCK - - - - - - - - EVENT

CH2 OUT
TIM8_ EVENT
Port C

PC8 - - TIM3_CH3 - - - - I2C3_SCL - - - - - -

CH3 OUT

PC9 - - TIM3_CH4 - TIM8_ I2SCKIN TIM8_ - I2C3_SDA - - - - - - EVENT

CH4 BKIN2 OUT

TIM8_ SPI3_SCK/ USART3_ EVENT

PC10 - - - - UART4_TX - - - - - - -
CH1N I2S3_CK TX OUT

PC11 - - - - TIM8_ UART4_RX SPI3_MISO USART3_ I2C3_SDA - - - - - - EVENT

CH2N RX OUT

TIM8_ SPI3_MOSI USART3_ UCPD1_ EVENT

PC12 - - - - - - - - - - -
CH3N /I2S3_SD CK FRSTX OUT

Pinouts and pin description

PC13 - - TIM1_BKIN - TIM1_ - TIM8_ - - - - - - - - EVENT
CH1N CH4N OUT

PC14 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - EVENT
OUT

PC15 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - EVENT
OUT
63/197
 Table 13. Alternate function (continued)
64/197

Pinouts and pin description

AF0 AF1 AF2 AF3 AF4 AF5 AF6 AF7 AF8 AF9 AF10 AF11 AF12 AF13 AF14 AF15

SPI1/2/3/ I2C3/4
Port I2C3/SAI1/ SPI2/3/
LPTIM1/TI I2C3/TIM1/ I2C1/2/3/ I2S2/3/ /UART4/ CAN/TIM1/ LPTIM1/TI UART4/SAI
USB/TIM8/ I2S2/3/ USART1/2/ TIM2/3/4/8/ LPUART1/ SAI1/
SYS_AF M2/5/15/1 2/3/4/8/15/ TIM1/8/16/ UART4 LPUART1/ 8/15/FDCA M1/8/FDCA 1/TIM2/15/ EVENT
15/ TIM1/8/ 3/CAN 17 SAI1/TIM1 OPAMP2
6/17 GPCOMP1 17 /TIM8/Infra GPCOMP1/ N1 N1 UCPD1
GPCOMP3 Infrared
red 2/3

PD0 - - - - - - TIM8_ - - FDCAN1_R - - - - - EVENT

CH4N X OUT

PD1 - - - - TIM8_CH4 - TIM8_ - - FDCAN1_T - - - - - EVENT

BKIN2 X OUT

PD2 - - TIM3_ETR - TIM8_BKIN - - - - - - - - - - EVENT

OUT

TIM2_CH1/ USART2_ EVENT

PD3 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
TIM2_ETR CTS OUT

PD4 - - TIM2_CH2 - - - - USART2_ - - - - - - - EVENT

RTS_DE OUT

PD5 - - - - - - - USART2_ - - - - - - - EVENT

TX OUT
DS12960 Rev 5

PD6 - - TIM2_CH4 SAI1_D1 - - - USART2_ - - - - - SAI1_SD_ - EVENT

RX A OUT
Port D

PD7 - - TIM2_CH3 - - - - USART2_ - - - - - - - EVENT

CK OUT

PD8 - - - - - - - USART3_ - - - - - - - EVENT

TX OUT

PD9 - - - - - - - USART3_ - - - - - - - EVENT

RX OUT

PD10 - - - - - - - USART3_ - - - - - - - EVENT

CK OUT

PD11 - - - - - - - USART3_ - - - - - - - EVENT

CTS OUT

PD12 - - TIM4_CH1 - - - - USART3_ - - - - - - - EVENT

RTS_DE OUT

PD13 - - TIM4_CH2 - - - - - - - - - - - - EVENT

OUT

PD14 - - TIM4_CH3 - - - - - - - - - - - - EVENT

OUT

PD15 - - TIM4_CH4 - - - SPI2_NSS - - - - - - - - EVENT

OUT

STM32G441xB
 Table 13. Alternate function (continued)

STM32G441xB
AF0 AF1 AF2 AF3 AF4 AF5 AF6 AF7 AF8 AF9 AF10 AF11 AF12 AF13 AF14 AF15

SPI1/2/3/ I2C3/4
Port I2C3/SAI1/ SPI2/3/
LPTIM1/TI I2C3/TIM1/ I2C1/2/3/ I2S2/3/ /UART4/ CAN/TIM1/ LPTIM1/TI UART4/SAI
USB/TIM8/ I2S2/3/ USART1/2/ TIM2/3/4/8/ LPUART1/ SAI1/
SYS_AF M2/5/15/1 2/3/4/8/15/ TIM1/8/16/ UART4 LPUART1/ 8/15/FDCA M1/8/FDCA 1/TIM2/15/ EVENT
15/ TIM1/8/ 3/CAN 17 SAI1/TIM1 OPAMP2
6/17 GPCOMP1 17 /TIM8/Infra GPCOMP1/ N1 N1 UCPD1
GPCOMP3 Infrared
red 2/3

PE0 - - TIM4_ETR - TIM16_ - - USART1_ - - - - - - - EVENT

CH1 TX OUT

PE1 - - - - TIM17_ - - USART1_ - - - - - - - EVENT

CH1 RX OUT

PE2 TRACECK - TIM3_ SAI1_CK1 - - - - - - - - - SAI1_ - EVENT

CH1 MCLK_A OUT

PE3 TRACED0 - TIM3_ - - - - - - - - - - SAI1_ - EVENT

CH2 SD_B OUT

PE4 TRACED1 - TIM3_ SAI1_D2 - - - - - - - - - SAI1_ - EVENT

CH3 FS_A OUT

PE5 TRACED2 - TIM3_ SAI1_CK2 - - - - - - - - - SAI1_ - EVENT

CH4 SCK_A OUT

PE6 TRACED3 - - SAI1_D1 - - - - - - - - - SAI1_ - EVENT

SD_A OUT
DS12960 Rev 5

PE7 - - TIM1_ - - - - - - - - - - SAI1_ - EVENT

Port E

ETR SD_B OUT

PE8 - - TIM1_ - - - - - - - - - - SAI1_ - EVENT

CH1N SCK_B OUT

PE9 - - TIM1_ - - - - - - - - - - SAI1_ - EVENT

CH1 FS_B OUT

PE10 - - TIM1_ - - - - - - - - - - SAI1_ - EVENT

CH2N MCLK_B OUT

PE11 - - TIM1_ - - - - - - - - - - - - EVENT

CH2 OUT

PE12 - - TIM1_ - - - - - - - - - - - - EVENT

CH3N OUT

PE13 - - TIM1_ - - - - - - - - - - - - EVENT

CH3 OUT

Pinouts and pin description

PE14 - - TIM1_ - - - TIM1_ - - - - - - - - EVENT
CH4 BKIN2 OUT

PE15 - - TIM1_ - - - TIM1_ USART3_ - - - - - - - EVENT

BKIN CH4N RX OUT
65/197
 Table 13. Alternate function (continued)
66/197

Pinouts and pin description

AF0 AF1 AF2 AF3 AF4 AF5 AF6 AF7 AF8 AF9 AF10 AF11 AF12 AF13 AF14 AF15

SPI1/2/3/ I2C3/4
Port I2C3/SAI1/ SPI2/3/
LPTIM1/TI I2C3/TIM1/ I2C1/2/3/ I2S2/3/ /UART4/ CAN/TIM1/ LPTIM1/TI UART4/SAI
USB/TIM8/ I2S2/3/ USART1/2/ TIM2/3/4/8/ LPUART1/ SAI1/
SYS_AF M2/5/15/1 2/3/4/8/15/ TIM1/8/16/ UART4 LPUART1/ 8/15/FDCA M1/8/FDCA 1/TIM2/15/ EVENT
15/ TIM1/8/ 3/CAN 17 SAI1/TIM1 OPAMP2
6/17 GPCOMP1 17 /TIM8/Infra GPCOMP1/ N1 N1 UCPD1
GPCOMP3 Infrared
red 2/3

PF0 - - - - I2C2_ SPI2_NSS/ TIM1_ - - - - - - - - EVENT

SDA I2S2_WS CH3N OUT

PF1 - - - - - SPI2_SCK/ - - - - - - - - - EVENT

I2S2_CK OUT
Port F

PF2 - - - - I2C2_ - - - - - - - - - - EVENT

SMBA OUT

PF9 - - - TIM15_CH1 - SPI2_SCK - - - - - - - SAI1_FS_B - EVENT

OUT

PF10 - - - TIM15_CH2 - SPI2_SCK - - - - - - - SAI1_D3 - EVENT

OUT
Port G

EVENT
PG10 MCO - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
OUT
DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB
STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

5 Electrical characteristics

5.1 Parameter conditions

Unless otherwise specified, all voltages are referenced to VSS.

5.1.1 Minimum and maximum values

Unless otherwise specified, the minimum and maximum values are guaranteed in the worst
conditions of ambient temperature, supply voltage and frequencies by tests in production on
100% of the devices with an ambient temperature at TA = 25 °C and TA = TAmax (given by
the selected temperature range).
Data based on characterization results, design simulation and/or technology characteristics
are indicated in the table footnotes and are not tested in production. Based on
characterization, the minimum and maximum values refer to sample tests and represent the
mean value plus or minus three times the standard deviation (mean ±3σ).

5.1.2 Typical values

Unless otherwise specified, typical data are based on TA = 25 °C, VDD = VDDA = 3 V. They
are given only as design guidelines and are not tested.
Typical ADC accuracy values are determined by characterization of a batch of samples from
a standard diffusion lot over the full temperature range, where 95% of the devices have an
error less than or equal to the value indicated (mean ±2σ).

5.1.3 Typical curves

Unless otherwise specified, all typical curves are given only as design guidelines and are
not tested.

5.1.4 Loading capacitor

The loading conditions used for pin parameter measurement are shown in Figure 14.

5.1.5 Pin input voltage

The input voltage measurement on a pin of the device is described in Figure 15.

Figure 14. Pin loading conditions Figure 15. Pin input voltage

MCU pin MCU pin

C = 50 pF VIN

MS19210V1 MS19211V1

DS12960 Rev 5 67/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

5.1.6 Power supply scheme

Figure 16. Power supply scheme

VBAT

Backup circuitry
(LSE, RTC,
1.55 – 3.6 V
Backup registers)
Power switch

VDD VCORE
n x VDD
Regulator

VDDIO
OUT

Level shifter
Kernel logic
n x 100 nF IO (CPU, Digital
GPIOs logic
+1 x 4.7 μF IN & Memories)

n x VSS

VDDA VDDA Reset block

Temp. sensor
VREF VREF+ PLL, HSI16, HSI48

VREF+ ADCs/
DACs/
Standby circuitry
10 nF OPAMPs/ (Wakeup logic,
+1 μF VREF- COMPs/ IWDG)
100 nF +1 μF
VREFBUF

VSSA

MS60206V1

Caution: Each power supply pair (VDD/VSS, VDDA/VSSA etc.) must be decoupled with filtering ceramic
capacitors as shown above. These capacitors must be placed as close as possible to, or
below, the appropriate pins on the underside of the PCB to ensure the good functionality of
the device.

68/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

5.1.7 Current consumption measurement

Figure 17. Current consumption measurement

IDD_VBAT
VBAT

IDD
VDD

IDDA
VDDA

MS60200V1

The IDD_ALL parameters given in Table 21 to Table 24 represent the total MCU consumption
including the current supplying VDD, VDDA and VBAT.

5.2 Absolute maximum ratings

Stresses above the absolute maximum ratings listed in Table 14: Voltage characteristics,
Table 15: Current characteristics and Table 16: Thermal characteristics may cause
permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings only and functional operation of
the device at these conditions is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for
extended periods may affect device reliability. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for
extended periods may affect device reliability. Device mission profile (application conditions)
is compliant with JEDEC JESD47 qualification standard, extended mission profiles are
available on demand.

Table 14. Voltage characteristics(1)

Symbol Ratings Min Max Unit

External main supply voltage (including VDD,

VDD - VSS -0.3 4.0
VDDA, VBAT and VREF+)
min (VDD, VDDA)
Input voltage on FT_xxx pins except FT_c pins VSS-0.3
+ 4.0(3)(4)
V
VIN(2) Input voltage on FT_c pins VSS-0.3 5.5
Input voltage on TT_xx pins VSS-0.3 4.0
Input voltage on any other pins VSS-0.3 4.0
Variations between different VDDX power pins of
|∆VDDx| - 50
the same domain mV
|VSSx-VSS| (5)
Variations between all the different ground pins - 50
VREF+-VDDA Allowed voltage difference for VREF+ > VDDA - 0.4 V
1. All main power (VDD, VDDA, VBAT) and ground (VSS, VSSA) pins must always be connected to the external
power supply, in the permitted range.

DS12960 Rev 5 69/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

2. VIN maximum must always be respected. Refer to Table 15: Current characteristics for the maximum
allowed injected current values.
3. This formula has to be applied only on the power supplies related to the IO structure described in the pin
definition table.
4. To sustain a voltage higher than 4 V the internal pull-up/pull-down resistors must be disabled.
5. Include VREF- pin.

Table 15. Current characteristics

Symbol Ratings Max Unit

∑IVDD Total current into sum of all VDD power lines (source)(1) 150
∑IVSS Total current out of sum of all VSS ground lines (sink)(1) 150
(1)
IVDD(PIN) Maximum current into each VDD power pin (source) 100
IVSS(PIN) Maximum current out of each VSS ground pin (sink)(1) 100
Output current sunk by any I/O and control pin except FT_f 20
IIO(PIN) Output current sunk by any FT_f pin 20 mA
Output current sourced by any I/O and control pin 20
Total output current sunk by sum of all I/Os and control pins(2) 100
∑IIO(PIN)
Total output current sourced by sum of all I/Os and control pins(2) 100
IINJ(PIN)(3) Injected current on FT_xxx, TT_xx, NRST pins -5/0(4)
∑|IINJ(PIN)| Total injected current (sum of all I/Os and control pins)(5) ±25
1. All main power (VDD, VDDA, VBAT) and ground (VSS, VSSA) pins must always be connected to the external
power supplies, in the permitted range.
2. This current consumption must be correctly distributed over all I/Os and control pins. The total output
current must not be sunk/sourced between two consecutive power supply pins referring to high pin count
LQFP packages.
3. Positive injection (when VIN > VDD) is not possible on these I/Os and does not occur for input voltages
lower than the specified maximum value.
4. A negative injection is induced by VIN < VSS. IINJ(PIN) must never be exceeded. Refer also to Table 14:
Voltage characteristics for the minimum allowed input voltage values.
5. When several inputs are submitted to a current injection, the maximum ∑|IINJ(PIN)| is the absolute sum of
the negative injected currents (instantaneous values).

Table 16. Thermal characteristics

Symbol Ratings Value Unit

TSTG Storage temperature range –65 to +150 °C

TJ Maximum junction temperature 150 °C

70/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

5.3 Operating conditions

5.3.1 General operating conditions

Table 17. General operating conditions

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit

fHCLK Internal AHB clock frequency - 0 170

fPCLK1 Internal APB1 clock frequency - 0 170 MHz
fPCLK2 Internal APB2 clock frequency - 0 170

VDD Standard operating voltage - 1.71(1) 3.6 V

ADC or COMP used 1.62

3.6
DAC 1 MSPS or DAC 15 MSPS 1.71
OPAMP used 2.0 3.6
VDDA Analog supply voltage V
VREFBUF used 2.4
ADC, DAC, OPAMP, COMP, 3.6
0
VREFBUF not used
VBAT Backup operating voltage - 1.55 3.6 V
TT_xx I/O -0.3 VDD+0.3
FT_c I/O -0.3 5
VIN I/O input voltage V
MIN(MIN(VDD,
All I/O except TT_xx and FT_c -0.3 VDDA)+3.6 V,
5.5 V)(2)(3)
See Section 6.10: Thermal characteristics for application
appropriate thermal resistance and package.
PD Power dissipation Power dissipation is then calculated according ambient mW
temperature (TA) and maximum junction temperature (TJ) and
selected thermal resistance.

Ambient temperature for the Maximum power dissipation -40 85

suffix 6 version Low-power dissipation(4) -40 105
TA °C
Ambient temperature for the Maximum power dissipation -40 125
suffix 3 version Low-power dissipation(4) -40 130
Suffix 6 version -40 105
TJ Junction temperature range °C
Suffix 3 version -40 130
1. When RESET is released functionality is guaranteed down to VBOR0 Min.
2. This formula has to be applied only on the power supplies related to the IO structure described by the pin definition table.
Maximum I/O input voltage is the smallest value between MIN(VDD, VDDA)+3.6 V and 5.5V.
3. For operation with voltage higher than Min (VDD, VDDA) +0.3 V, the internal Pull-up and Pull-Down resistors must be
disabled.
4. In low-power dissipation state, TA can be extended to this range as long as TJ does not exceed TJmax (see Section 6.10:
Thermal characteristics).

DS12960 Rev 5 71/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

5.3.2 Operating conditions at power-up / power-down

The parameters given in Table 18 are derived from tests performed under the ambient
temperature condition summarized in Table 17.

Table 18. Operating conditions at power-up / power-down

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit

VDD rise time rate 0 ∞

tVDD - µs/V
VDD fall time rate 10 ∞
VDDA rise time rate 0 ∞
tVDDA - µs/V
VDDA fall time rate 10 ∞

5.3.3 Embedded reset and power control block characteristics

The parameters given in Table 19 are derived from tests performed under the ambient
temperature conditions summarized in Table 17: General operating conditions.

Table 19. Embedded reset and power control block characteristics

Symbol Parameter Conditions(1) Min Typ Max Unit

Reset temporization after

tRSTTEMPO(2) VDD rising - 250 400 μs
BOR0 is detected
Rising edge 1.62 1.66 1.7
VBOR0(2) Brown-out reset threshold 0 V
Falling edge 1.6 1.64 1.69
Rising edge 2.06 2.1 2.14
VBOR1 Brown-out reset threshold 1 V
Falling edge 1.96 2 2.04
Rising edge 2.26 2.31 2.35
VBOR2 Brown-out reset threshold 2 V
Falling edge 2.16 2.20 2.24
Rising edge 2.56 2.61 2.66
VBOR3 Brown-out reset threshold 3 V
Falling edge 2.47 2.52 2.57
Rising edge 2.85 2.90 2.95
VBOR4 Brown-out reset threshold 4 V
Falling edge 2.76 2.81 2.86

Programmable voltage Rising edge 2.1 2.15 2.19

VPVD0 V
detector threshold 0 Falling edge 2 2.05 2.1
Rising edge 2.26 2.31 2.36
VPVD1 PVD threshold 1 V
Falling edge 2.15 2.20 2.25
Rising edge 2.41 2.46 2.51
VPVD2 PVD threshold 2 V
Falling edge 2.31 2.36 2.41
Rising edge 2.56 2.61 2.66
VPVD3 PVD threshold 3 V
Falling edge 2.47 2.52 2.57

72/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Table 19. Embedded reset and power control block characteristics (continued)
Symbol Parameter Conditions(1) Min Typ Max Unit

Rising edge 2.69 2.74 2.79

VPVD4 PVD threshold 4 V
Falling edge 2.59 2.64 2.69
Rising edge 2.85 2.91 2.96
VPVD5 PVD threshold 5 V
Falling edge 2.75 2.81 2.86
Rising edge 2.92 2.98 3.04
VPVD6 PVD threshold 6 V
Falling edge 2.84 2.90 2.96
Hysteresis in
continuous - 20 -
Vhyst_BORH0 Hysteresis voltage of BORH0 mode mV
Hysteresis in
- 30 -
other mode
Hysteresis voltage of BORH
Vhyst_BOR_PVD - - 100 - mV
(except BORH0) and PVD
IDD BOR(3) (except BOR0) and
- - 1.1 1.6 µA
(BOR_PVD)(2) PVD consumption from VDD

VDDA peripheral voltage Rising edge 1.61 1.65 1.69

VPVM1 V
monitoring (COMP/ADC) Falling edge 1.6 1.64 1.68

VDDA peripheral voltage Rising edge 1.78 1.82 1.86

VPVM2 V
monitoring (OPAMP/DAC) Falling edge 1.77 1.81 1.85
Vhyst_PVM1 PVM1 hysteresis - - 10 - mV
Vhyst_PVM2 PVM2 hysteresis - - 10 - mV
IDD
PVM1 and PVM2
(PVM1/PVM2) - - 2 - µA
(2) consumption from VDD

1. Continuous mode means Run/Sleep modes, or temperature sensor enable in Low-power run/Low-power
sleep modes.
2. Guaranteed by design.
3. BOR0 is enabled in all modes (except shutdown) and its consumption is therefore included in the supply
current characteristics tables.

DS12960 Rev 5 73/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

5.3.4 Embedded voltage reference

The parameters given in Table 20 are derived from tests performed under the ambient
temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 17: General operating
conditions.

Table 20. Embedded internal voltage reference

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

Internal reference
VREFINT –40 °C < TA < +130 °C 1.182 1.212 1.232 V
voltage
ADC sampling time
(1) when reading the
tS_vrefint - 4(2) - - µs
internal reference
voltage
Start time of reference
tstart_vrefint voltage buffer when - - 8 12(2) µs
ADC is enable
VREFINT buffer
consumption from VDD
- - 12.5 20(2) µA
IDD(VREFINTBUF) when converted by
ADC
Internal reference
∆VREFINT voltage spread over VDD = 3 V - 5 7.5(2) mV
the temperature range
Average temperature
TCoeff –40°C < TA < +130°C - 30 50(2) ppm/°C
coefficient
ACoeff Long term stability 1000 hours, T = 25°C - 300 1000(2) ppm
Average voltage
VDDCoeff 3.0 V < VDD < 3.6 V - 250 1200(2) ppm/V
coefficient
VREFINT_DIV1 1/4 reference voltage 24 25 26
%
VREFINT_DIV2 1/2 reference voltage - 49 50 51
VREFINT
VREFINT_DIV3 3/4 reference voltage 74 75 76
1. The shortest sampling time is determined in the application by multiple iterations.
2. Guaranteed by design.

74/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Figure 18. VREFINT versus temperature

V
1.235

1.23

1.225

1.22

1.215

1.21

1.205

1.2

1.195

1.19

1.185
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 °C
Mean Min Max
MSv40169V2

5.3.5 Supply current characteristics

The current consumption is a function of several parameters and factors such as the
operating voltage, ambient temperature, I/O pin loading, device software configuration,
operating frequencies, I/O pin switching rate, program location in memory and executed
binary code
The current consumption is measured as described in Figure 17: Current consumption
measurement.

Typical and maximum current consumption

The MCU is placed under the following conditions:
• All I/O pins are in analog input mode
• All peripherals are disabled except when explicitly mentioned
• The Flash memory access time is adjusted with the minimum wait states number,
depending on the fHCLK frequency (refer to the table “number of wait states according
to CPU clock (HCLK) frequency” available in the reference manual RM0440
"STM32G4 Series advanced Arm®-based 32-bit MCUs").
• When the peripherals are enabled fPCLK = fHCLK
• The voltage scaling Range 1 is adjusted to fHCLK frequency as follows:
– Voltage Range 1 Boost mode for 150 MHz < fHCLK ≤ 170 MHz
– Voltage Range 1 Normal mode for 26 MHz < fHCLK ≤ 150 MHz
The parameters given in Table 21 to Table 24 are derived from tests performed under
ambient temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 17: General
operating conditions.

DS12960 Rev 5 75/197

160
76/197

Electrical characteristics
Table 21. Current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, code with data
processing running from Flash in single Bank, ART enable (Cache ON Prefetch OFF)
Condition Typ Max
Symbol Parameter fHCLK Unit
Voltage
- 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
scaling

26 MHz 3.20 3.35 3.60 4.15 5.05 3.90 4.90 7.40 11.0 15.0
16 MHz 2.05 2.15 2.50 3.05 3.95 2.70 3.70 6.10 9.30 14.0
8 MHz 1.10 1.25 1.60 2.10 3.05 1.70 2.60 5.10 8.30 13.0
Range 2 4 MHz 0.635 0.755 1.15 1.65 2.60 1.10 2.10 3.60 7.60 13.0
2 MHz 0.400 0.525 0.910 1.45 2.35 0.840 1.90 3.40 7.40 12.0
1 MHz 0.280 0.415 0.800 1.35 2.25 0.710 1.70 3.20 7.30 12.0
100 KHz 0.170 0.305 0.690 1.20 2.15 0.590 1.60 3.10 1.00 12.0
DS12960 Rev 5

fHCLK = fHSE up to Range 1

48 MHz included, Boost 170 MHz 25.5 26.0 27.0 27.5 29.0 28.0 29.0 33.0 38.0 44.0
Supply current bypass mode PLL mode
IDD (Run) mA
in Run mode ON above 48 MHz
150 MHz 21.0 21.5 22.0 23.0 24.0 23.0 24.0 28.0 32.0 38.0
all peripherals
disable 120 MHz 17.0 17.5 18.0 18.5 20.0 19.0 20.0 24.0 28.0 33.0
80 MHz 11.5 11.5 12.5 13.0 14.0 13.0 14.0 18.0 22.0 27.0
72 MHz 10.5 10.5 11.0 12.0 13.0 12.0 13.0 17.0 21.0 26.0
Range 1 64 MHz 9.30 9.50 10.0 11.0 12.0 11.0 12.0 15.0 20.0 25.0
48 MHz 6.95 7.15 7.45 8.15 9.30 8.10 9.40 13.0 17.0 23.0
32 MHz 4.70 4.90 5.25 5.95 7.10 5.80 7.10 11.0 15.0 20.0
24 MHz 3.60 3.80 4.20 4.85 6.00 4.60 5.90 9.20 14.0 19.0
16 MHz 2.45 2.65 3.10 3.75 4.90 3.40 4.70 8.00 13.0 18.0

STM32G441xB
 Table 21. Current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, code with data

STM32G441xB
processing running from Flash in single Bank, ART enable (Cache ON Prefetch OFF) (continued)
Condition Typ Max
Symbol Parameter fHCLK Unit
Voltage
- 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
scaling

2 MHz 350 525 990 1600 2650 970 2200 3900 6700 11000

fHCLK = fHSE 1 MHz 255 410 860 1500 2550 830 2100 3800 6600 11000
all peripherals disable 250 KHz 145 300 750 1400 2450 690 1900 3700 6500 11000
Supply current 62.5 KHz 99.5 270 725 1350 2400 670 1800 3700 6500 11000
IDD (LPRun) in Low-power μA
run mode 2 MHz 865 1050 1500 2150 3200 1600 2800 4500 7600 12000

fHCLK = fHSI / HPRE 1 MHz 820 965 1400 2050 3100 1500 2700 4400 7400 12000
all peripherals disable 250 KHz 725 875 1300 1950 3000 1400 2600 4400 7400 12000
62.5 KHz 685 860 1300 1900 2950 1300 2600 4400 7400 12000
DS12960 Rev 5

Electrical characteristics
77/197
 Table 22. Current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes,
78/197

Electrical characteristics
code with data processing running from SRAM1
Condition Typ Max
Symbol Parameter fHCLK Unit
Voltage
- 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
scaling

26 MHz 2.85 3.00 3.30 3.85 4.75 3.50 4.40 6.90 11.0 15.0
16 MHz 1.80 1.95 2.30 2.85 3.75 2.50 3.40 5.90 9.00 14.0
8 MHz 0.995 1.15 1.50 2.05 2.95 1.50 2.50 4.00 7.80 13.0
Range 2 4 MHz 0.580 0.725 1.10 1.65 2.55 1.10 2.10 3.50 7.40 13.0
2 MHz 0.370 0.510 0.900 1.45 2.35 0.800 1.80 3.30 7.00 12.0
1 MHz 0.270 0.405 0.790 1.35 2.25 0.690 1.70 3.20 6.90 12.0
100 KHz 0.170 0.310 0.695 1.25 2.15 0.590 1.60 3.10 6.70 12.0
fHCLK = fHSE Range 1
DS12960 Rev 5

up to 48 MHz Boost 170 MHz 23.0 23.5 24.0 25.0 26.5 24.0 26.0 30.0 35.0 41.0
Supply current included, bypass mode
IDD (Run) mA
in Run mode mode PLL ON
150 MHz 19.0 19.5 20.0 20.5 22.0 20.0 21.0 25.0 29.0 35.0
above 48 MHz all
peripherals disable 120 MHz 15.5 15.5 16.0 17.0 18.0 16.0 18.0 21.0 25.0 31.0
80 MHz 10.5 10.5 11.0 12.0 13.0 11.0 13.0 16.0 20.0 26.0
72 MHz 9.35 9.55 10.0 11.0 12.0 11.0 12.0 15.0 19.0 25.0
Range 1 64 MHz 8.35 8.55 9.15 9.85 11.0 9.10 11.0 14.0 18.0 24.0
48 MHz 6.25 6.45 6.75 7.45 8.65 7.10 8.40 12.0 16.0 22.0
32 MHz 4.25 4.45 4.80 5.50 6.65 5.20 6.50 9.80 14.0 20.0
24 MHz 3.25 3.45 3.85 4.55 5.65 4.20 5.40 8.70 13.0 19.0
16 MHz 2.25 2.40 2.85 3.55 4.70 3.00 4.40 7.40 12.0 18.0

STM32G441xB
 Table 22. Current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes,

STM32G441xB
code with data processing running from SRAM1 (continued)
Condition Typ Max
Symbol Parameter fHCLK Unit
Voltage
- 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
scaling

2 MHz 350 495 965 1600 2650 900 2100 3900 6700 12000

fHCLK = fHSE 1 MHz 210 370 845 1500 2550 780 2000 3800 6600 11000
all peripherals disable 250 KHz 115 275 755 1400 2450 680 1900 3700 6800 12000
Supply current 62.5 KHz 98.0 255 725 1350 2400 630 1800 3600 6400 11000
IDD (LPRun) in Low-power μA
run mode 2 MHz 850 1000 1500 2100 3150 1500 2700 4500 7500 12000

fHCLK = fHSI / HPRE 1 MHz 770 900 1400 2000 3050 1500 2700 4500 7600 13000
all peripherals disable 250 KHz 720 840 1300 1950 3000 1400 2600 4400 7300 12000
62.5 KHz 665 830 1300 1900 2950 1400 2600 4400 7300 12000
DS12960 Rev 5

Electrical characteristics
79/197
 Table 23. Typical current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, with different codes
80/197

Electrical characteristics
running from Flash, ART enable (Cache ON Prefetch OFF)
TYP TYP
Conditions Single Bank Single Bank
Symbol Parameter Code Mode Unit Mode Unit

- Voltage scaling 25°C 25°C

Pseudo-dhrystone 3.20 mA 123

Coremark 3.15 mA 121
Range2
Dhrystone2.1 3.20 mA 123 µA/MHz
fHCLK=26MHz
Fibonacci 3.60 mA 138
While(1) 3.00 mA 115
Pseudo-dhrystone 21.0 mA 140
fHCLK= fHSE up to 48
Coremark 21.0 mA 140
DS12960 Rev 5

MHZ included, bypass

IDD Supply current Range 1
mode PLL ON above Dhrystone2.1 21.0 mA 140 µA/MHz
(Run) in Run mode f = 150 MHz
48 MHz all peripherals HCLK
Fibonacci 23.5 mA 157
disable
While(1) 20.0 mA 133
Pseudo-dhrystone 25.5 mA 150
Coremark 25.0 mA 147
Range 1
Boost mode Dhrystone2.1 26.0 mA 153 µA/MHz
fHCLK= 170 MHz
Fibonacci 28.5 mA 168
While(1) 24.5 mA 144
Pseudo-dhrystone 865 µA 433
Coremark 855 µA 428
Supply current SYSCLK source is HSI
IDD
in Low-power fHCLK = 2 MHz Dhrystone2.1 875 µA 438 µA/MHz
(LPRun)

STM32G441xB
run all peripherals disable
Fibonacci 905 µA 453
While(1) 870 µA 435
 STM32G441xB
Table 24. Typical current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, with different codes
running from SRAM1
Conditions TYP 25°C TYP 25°C

Symbol Parameter Code Unit Single Unit

Single bank
- Voltage scaling bank
mode
mode

Pseudo-dhrystone 2.85 mA 110

Coremark 2.95 mA 113
Range2
Dhrystone2.1 2.85 mA 110 µA/MHz
fHCLK=26 MHz
Fibonacci 2.85 mA 110
While(1) 3.05 mA 117
DS12960 Rev 5

Pseudo-dhrystone 19.0 mA 127

fHCLK = fHSE up to 48 MHZ Coremark 19.5 mA 130
Supply current in included, bypass mode Range 1
IDD (Run) Dhrystone2.1 19.0 mA 127 µA/MHz
Run mode PLL ON above 48 MHz all fHCLK= 150 MHz
peripherals disable Fibonacci 20.5 mA 137
While(1) 18.5 mA 123
Pseudo-dhrystone 23.0 mA 135
Coremark 24.0 mA 141
Range 1
Boost mode Dhrystone2.1 23.0 mA 135 µA/MHz
fHCLK= 170 MHz
Fibonacci 24.5 mA 144

Electrical characteristics
While(1) 22.0 mA 129
Pseudo-dhrystone 850 µA 425
Coremark 870 µA 435
IDD SYSCLK source is HSI
Supply current in
fHCLK = 2 MHz Dhrystone2.1 840 µA 420 µA/MHz
(LPRun) Low-power run
all peripherals disable
Fibonacci 855 µA 428
81/197

While(1) 820 µA 410

 Table 25. Typical current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, with different codes
82/197

Electrical characteristics
running from SRAM2
Conditions TYP 25°C TYP 25°C

Symbol Parameter Code Unit Single Unit

Single bank
- Voltage scaling bank
mode
mode

Pseudo-dhrystone 2.40 mA 92
Coremark 2.50 mA 96
Range2
Dhrystone2.1 2.40 mA 92 µA/MHz
fHCLK=26 MHz
Fibonacci 2.35 mA 90
While(1) 2.25 mA 87
Pseudo-dhrystone 15.5 mA 103
fHCLK = fHSE up to 48 MHZ Coremark 16.5 mA 110
DS12960 Rev 5

Supply current in included, bypass mode Range 1

IDD (Run) Dhrystone2.1 15.5 mA 103 µA/MHz
Run mode PLL ON above 48 MHz all fHCLK= 150 MHz
peripherals disable Fibonacci 15.5 mA 103
While(1) 14.5 mA 97
Pseudo-dhrystone 19.0 mA 112
Coremark 20.0 mA 118
Range 1
Boost mode Dhrystone2.1 19.0 mA 112 µA/MHz
fHCLK= 170 MHz
Fibonacci 19.0 mA 112
While(1) 18.0 mA 106
Pseudo-dhrystone 835 µA 418
Coremark 825 µA 413
IDD SYSCLK source is HSI
Supply current in
fHCLK = 2 MHz Dhrystone2.1 830 µA 415 µA/MHz
(LPRun) Low-power run

STM32G441xB
all peripherals disable
Fibonacci 830 µA 415
While(1) 815 µA 408
 Table 26. Typical current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, with different codes

STM32G441xB
running from CCM
Conditions TYP 25°C TYP 25°C

Symbol Parameter Code Unit Single Unit

Single bank
- Voltage scaling bank
mode
mode

Pseudo-dhrystone 2.65 mA 102

Coremark 2.80 mA 108
Range2
Dhrystone2.1 2.65 mA 102 µA/MHz
fHCLK=26 MHz
Fibonacci 3.25 mA 125
While(1) 3.25 mA 125
Pseudo-dhrystone 17.5 mA 117
fHCLK = fHSE up to 48 MHZ Coremark 19.0 mA 127
DS12960 Rev 5

Supply current in included, bypass mode Range 1

IDD (Run) Dhrystone2.1 17.5 mA 117 µA/MHz
Run mode PLL ON above 48 MHz all fHCLK= 150 MHz
peripherals disable Fibonacci 21.5 mA 143
While(1) 21.5 mA 143
Pseudo-dhrystone 21.5 mA 126
Coremark 23.0 mA 135
Range 1
Boost mode Dhrystone2.1 21.5 mA 126 µA/MHz
fHCLK= 170 MHz
Fibonacci 26.0 mA 153
While(1) 26.0 mA 153

Electrical characteristics
Pseudo-dhrystone 845 µA 423
Coremark 825 µA 413
IDD SYSCLK source is HSI
Supply current in
fHCLK = 2 MHz Dhrystone2.1 820 µA 410 µA/MHz
(LPRun) Low-power run
all peripherals disable
Fibonacci 885 µA 443
While(1) 890 µA 445
83/197
 Table 27. Current consumption in Sleep and Low-power sleep mode Flash ON
84/197

Electrical characteristics
Condition Typ Max
Symbol Parameter fHCLK Unit
Voltage
- 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
scaling

26 MHz 1.05 1.15 1.45 2.00 2.90 1.70 2.70 5.20 8.30 13.0
16 MHz 0.690 0.810 1.15 1.70 2.60 1.30 2.30 3.80 8.00 13.0
8 MHz 0.425 0.545 0.920 1.45 2.35 0.930 2.00 3.50 7.70 13.0
Range 2 4 MHz 0.300 0.400 0.815 1.35 2.25 0.760 1.80 3.30 7.60 12.0
2 MHz 0.230 0.355 0.755 1.30 2.20 0.670 1.70 3.20 7.50 12.0
1 MHz 0.200 0.320 0.725 1.25 2.15 0.620 1.60 3.10 7.50 12.0
100 KHz 0.165 0.285 0.690 1.25 2.15 0.580 1.60 3.10 7.40 12.0
fHCLK = fHSE Range 1
DS12960 Rev 5

up to 48 MHz Boost 170 MHz 7.40 7.65 8.30 9.10 10.5 8.60 11.0 14.0 19.0 25.0
Supply current included, bypass mode
IDD (Sleep) mA
in Sleep mode mode PLL ON
150 MHz 6.10 6.30 6.90 7.60 8.80 7.10 8.40 12.0 16.0 22.0
above 48 MHz all
peripherals disable 120 MHz 4.95 5.15 5.70 6.40 7.60 5.90 7.20 11.0 15.0 21.0
80 MHz 3.45 3.65 4.15 4.85 6.00 4.40 5.70 9.00 13.0 19.0
72 MHz 3.15 3.35 3.85 4.55 5.70 4.10 5.30 8.60 13.0 19.0
Range 1 64 MHz 2.85 3.00 3.55 4.25 5.40 3.70 5.00 8.30 13.0 18.0
48 MHz 2.10 2.30 2.55 3.25 4.40 3.10 4.40 7.60 12.0 18.0
32 MHz 1.50 1.65 2.00 2.70 3.80 2.50 3.80 7.10 12.0 17.0
24 MHz 1.15 1.35 1.75 2.40 3.55 2.20 3.40 6.70 11.0 17.0
16 MHz 0.850 1.05 1.45 2.15 3.25 1.80 3.10 6.30 11.0 16.0

STM32G441xB
 Table 27. Current consumption in Sleep and Low-power sleep mode Flash ON (continued)

STM32G441xB
Condition Typ Max
Symbol Parameter fHCLK Unit
Voltage
- 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
scaling

2 MHz 180 335 810 1450 2500 1600 2900 4600 7700 13000

fHCLK = fHSE 1 MHz 135 300 770 1400 2450 1200 2400 4100 7100 12000
all peripherals disable 250 KHz 115 265 740 1350 2400 670 2000 3600 6300 11000
Supply current 62.5 KHz 89.5 255 730 1350 2400 660 1900 3600 6300 11000
IDD
in Low-power μA
(LPSleep) 2 MHz 730 875 1350 1950 3000 1400 2600 4300 7200 12000
sleep mode
fHCLK = fHSI / HPRE 1 MHz 675 830 1300 1950 3000 1400 2600 4300 7200 12000
all peripherals disable 250 KHz 655 820 1300 1950 3000 1400 2600 4300 7200 12000
62.5 KHz 680 850 1300 1950 3000 1400 2600 4300 7200 12000
DS12960 Rev 5

Table 28. Current consumption in low-power sleep modes, Flash in power-down

Condition Typ Max
Symbol Parameter fHCLK Unit
Voltage
- 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
scaling

2 MHz 175 290 805 1450 2500 750 2000 3700 6400 11000
fHCLK = fHSE 1 MHz 125 280 765 1400 2450 700 2000 3700 6400 11000
all peripherals -
disable 250 KHz 105 240 735 1350 2400 670 1900 3700 6400 11000
Supply current 62.5 KHz 105 245 725 1350 2400 660 1900 3700 6400 11000
IDD

Electrical characteristics
in low-power μA
(LPSleep) 2 MHz 670 830 1350 1950 3000 1400 2600 4300 7200 12000
sleep mode
fHCLK = fHSI 1 MHz 655 825 1300 1950 3000 1400 2600 4300 7200 12000
all peripherals -
disable 250 KHz 635 825 1300 1900 2950 1400 2600 4300 7100 12000
62.5 KHz 640 840 1300 1900 2950 1200 2200 3700 6200 11000
85/197
 Table 29. Current consumption in Stop 1 mode
86/197

Electrical characteristics
Conditions TYP MAX(1)
Symbol Parameter Unit
- VDD 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C

1.8 V 58.5 175 550 1050 1900 430 1400 3600 6500 11000
Supply current 2.4 V 58.5 175 550 1050 1950 430 1400 3600 6600 11000
IDD
in Stop 1 mode, RTC disabled
(Stop 1) 3.0 V 59.0 175 555 1050 1950 430 1400 3700 6600 11000
RTC disabled
3.6 V 59.5 180 560 1100 1950 430 1400 3700 6700 11000
1.8 V 59.0 175 550 1050 1950 430 1400 3600 6500 11000
2.4 V 59.5 175 555 1050 1950 430 1400 3600 6600 11000
RTC clocked by LSI
3.0 V 59.5 175 555 1050 1950 440 1400 3700 6600 11000
3.6 V 60.5 180 560 1100 1950 440 1400 3700 6700 11000
µA
1.8 V 58.5 175 550 1050 1900 - - - - -
DS12960 Rev 5

IDD Supply current RTC clocked by LSE 2.4 V 59.0 175 555 1050 1950 - - - - -
(Stop 1 in Stop 1 mode, bypassed at 32768
with RTC) RTC enabled Hz 3.0 V 60.0 180 555 1050 1950 - - - - -
3.6 V 62.0 180 565 1100 1950 - - - - -
1.8 V 58.5 150 445 890 - - - - - -
RTC clocked by LSE 2.4 V 59.0 150 445 890 - - - - - -
quartz in low drive
mode at 32768 Hz 3.0 V 59.5 150 445 890 - - - - - -
3.6 V 61.0 150 450 895 - - - - - -
Wakeup clock is HSI
3.0 V 1.39 - - - - - - - - -
Supply current = 16 MHz,
IDD
during wakeup Wakeup clock is
(Stop 1 mA
from HSI = 4 MHz,
with RTC) 3.0 V 0.93 - - - - - - - - -
Stop 1 mode (HPRE divider=4),

STM32G441xB
voltage Range 2
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, unless otherwise specified.
 Table 30. Current consumption in Stop 0 mode

STM32G441xB
Conditions TYP MAX(1)
Symbol Parameter Unit
- VDD 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C

1.8 V 150 280 680 1200 2100 560 1600 4000 7100 12000
Supply current 2.4 V 150 280 680 1200 2100 560 1600 4000 7100 12000
IDD(Stop 0) in Stop 0 mode, - µA
RTC disabled 3V 155 280 685 1200 2150 560 1600 4000 7100 12000
3.6 V 155 285 685 1200 2150 560 1600 4000 7200 12000
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, unless otherwise specified.

Table 31. Current consumption in Standby mode

Conditions TYP MAX(1)
Symbol Parameter Unit
- VDD 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
DS12960 Rev 5

1.8 V 92.0 205 870 2250 5600 220 1000 3200 8000 20000

No independent 2.4 V 100 240 1000 2600 6450 250 1100 3600 9000 23000
watchdog 3V 120 280 1200 3050 7400 280 1300 4200 11000 26000
Supply current in Standby
IDD mode (backup registers 3.6 V 175 385 1550 3800 9200 370 1500 4900 12000 30000
retained), nA
(Standby) 1.8 V 275 - - - - - - - - -
RTC disabled
With independent 2.4 V 335 - - - - - - - - -
watchdog 3V 400 - - - - - - - - -
3.6 V 510 - - - - - - - - -

Electrical characteristics
87/197
 Table 31. Current consumption in Standby mode (continued)
88/197

Electrical characteristics
Conditions TYP MAX(1)
Symbol Parameter Unit
- VDD 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C

1.8 V 490 605 1300 2650 5950 670 1400 3600 8200 20000
RTC clocked by
LSI, no 2.4 V 630 765 1550 3100 6950 850 1700 4200 9400 23000
independent 3V 785 955 1850 3700 8050 1100 1900 4900 11000 26000
watchdog
3.6 V 1000 1200 2350 4600 9950 1400 2400 5800 13000 30000
nA
1.8 V 530 - - - - - - - - -
RTC clocked by
LSI, with 2.4 V 685 - - - - - - - - -
independent 3V 860 - - - - - - - - -
Supply current in Standby watchdog
IDD 3.6 V 1100 - - - - - - - - -
mode (backup registers
(Standby with retained),
RTC) 1.8 V 360 470 1100 2450 5750 - - - - -
DS12960 Rev 5

RTC enabled
RTC clocked by 2.4 V 480 625 1400 3000 6800 - - - - -
LSE bypassed at
32768 Hz 3V 825 1100 2200 4200 8700 - - - - -
3.6 V 2550 3400 5250 8000 13500 - - - - -
nA
1.8 V 355 490 990 2150 4800 - - - - -
RTC clocked by 2.4 V 455 605 1200 2550 5550 - - - - -
LSE quartz(2) in low
drive mode 3V 595 775 1450 3100 6400 - - - - -
3.6 V 810 1200 2050 3900 7750 - - - - -
1.8 V 218 530 1680 3500 6900 - - - - -
Supply current to be added in 2.4 V 220 525 1700 3500 7050 - - - - -
IDD
Standby mode when SRAM2 - nA
(SRAM2)(3) 3V 215 530 1650 3500 7100 - - - - -
is retained
3.6 V 220 545 1700 3600 6800 - - - - -

STM32G441xB
 Table 31. Current consumption in Standby mode (continued)

STM32G441xB
Conditions TYP MAX(1)
Symbol Parameter Unit
- VDD 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C

IDD (wakeup Supply current during wakeup Wakeup clock is

3V 2.0 - - - - - - - - - mA
from Standby) from Standby mode HSI16 = 16 MHz(4)
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, unless otherwise specified.
2. Based on characterization done with a 32.768 kHz crystal (MC306-G-06Q-32.768, manufacturer JFVNY) with two 6.8 pF loading capacitors.
3. The supply current in Standby with SRAM2 mode is: IDD_ALL(Standby) + IDD_ALL(SRAM2). The supply current in Standby with RTC with SRAM2 mode is: IIDD_ALL(Standby
+ RTC) + IDD_ALL(SRAM2).
4. Wakeup with code execution from Flash. Average value given for a typical wakeup time as specified in Table 35: Low-power mode wakeup timings.

Table 32. Current consumption in Shutdown mode

Conditions TYP MAX(1)
Symbol Parameter Unit
DS12960 Rev 5

- VDD 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C

Supply current 1.8 V 14.0 94.0 570 1600 4350 130 420 2100 6100 17000
in Shutdown
IDD 2.4 V 22.0 120 670 1900 4950 150 490 2400 6900 19000
mode (backup
- nA
(Shutdown) registers 3V 35.0 150 805 2200 5750 180 560 2800 7800 21000
retained) RTC
disabled 3.6 V 74.0 245 1100 2900 7350 220 710 3300 9100 24000

Electrical characteristics
89/197
 Table 32. Current consumption in Shutdown mode (continued)
90/197

Electrical characteristics
Conditions TYP MAX(1)
Symbol Parameter Unit
- VDD 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C

RTC 1.8 V 280 355 800 1800 4500 - - - - -

clocked by
2.4 V 400 500 1050 2250 5350 - - - - -
LSE
Supply current bypassed 3V 745 985 1850 3400 7100 - - - - -
in Shutdown at 32768
IDD Hz 3.6 V 2450 3250 4850 7100 11500 - - - - -
mode (backup
(Shutdown with registers nA
RTC) RTC 1.8 V 275 375 775 1650 - - - - - -
retained) RTC clocked by
enabled 2.4 V 375 495 950 2050 - - - - - -
LSE
quartz(2) in 3V 515 640 1200 2550 - - - - - -
low drive
mode 3.6 V 710 925 1750 3300 - - - - - -
DS12960 Rev 5

Supply current Wakeup

IDD(wakeup
during wakeup clock is
from 3V 0.24 - - - - - - - - - mA
from Shutdown HSI16 =
Shutdown)
mode 16 MHz(3)
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, unless otherwise specified.
2. Based on characterization done with a 32.768 kHz crystal (MC306-G-06Q-32.768, manufacturer JFVNY) with two 6.8 pF loading capacitors.
3. Wakeup with code execution from Flash. Average value given for a typical wakeup time as specified in Table 35: Low-power mode wakeup timings.

STM32G441xB
 Table 33. Current consumption in VBAT mode

STM32G441xB
Conditions TYP MAX(1)
Symbol Parameter Unit
- VBAT 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C

1.8 V 4.00 21.0 105 280 685 - - - - -

RTC 2.4 V 5.00 24.0 120 310 765 - - - - -

disabled 3V 6.00 28.0 140 360 865 - - - - -
3.6 V 15.0 54.0 240 615 1500 - - - - -
RTC 1.8 V 270 275 330 475 - - - - - -
enabled and
2.4 V 385 400 490 690 - - - - - -
Backup domain clocked by
IDD(VBAT) nA
supply current LSE 3V 725 865 1150 1550 - - - - - -
bypassed at
32768 Hz 3.6 V 2500 3050 3900 4700 - - - - - -

1.8 V 265 315 415 670 1000 - - - - -

DS12960 Rev 5

RTC
enabled and 2.4 V 355 415 530 865 1150 - - - - -
clocked by
LSE 3V 480 545 710 1050 1250 - - - - -
quartz(2) 3.6 V 675 870 1100 1500 1700 - - - - -
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, unless otherwise specified.
2. Based on characterization done with a 32.768 kHz crystal (MC306-G-06Q-32.768, manufacturer JFVNY) with two 6.8 pF loading capacitors.

Electrical characteristics
91/197
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

I/O system current consumption

The current consumption of the I/O system has two components: static and dynamic.

I/O static current consumption

All the I/Os used as inputs with pull-up generate current consumption when the pin is
externally held low. The value of this current consumption can be simply computed by using
the pull-up/pull-down resistors values given in Table 53: I/O static characteristics.
For the output pins, any external pull-down or external load must also be considered to
estimate the current consumption.
Additional I/O current consumption is due to I/Os configured as inputs if an intermediate
voltage level is externally applied. This current consumption is caused by the input Schmitt
trigger circuits used to discriminate the input value. Unless this specific configuration is
required by the application, this supply current consumption can be avoided by configuring
these I/Os in analog mode. This is notably the case of ADC, OPAMP, COMP input pins
which should be configured as analog inputs.
Caution: Any floating input pin can also settle to an intermediate voltage level or switch inadvertently,
as a result of external electromagnetic noise. To avoid current consumption related to
floating pins, they must either be configured in analog mode, or forced internally to a definite
digital value. This is done either by using pull-up/down resistors or by configuring the pins in
output mode.
I/O dynamic current consumption
In addition to the internal peripheral current consumption measured previously (see
Table 35: Low-power mode wakeup timings), the I/Os used by an application also contribute
to the current consumption. When an I/O pin switches, it uses the current from the I/O
supply voltage to supply the I/O pin circuitry and to charge/discharge the capacitive load
(internal or external) connected to the pin:

I SW = V DDIOx × f SW × C

where
ISW is the current sunk by a switching I/O to charge/discharge the capacitive load
VDD is the I/O supply voltage
fSW is the I/O switching frequency
C is the total capacitance seen by the I/O pin: C = CINT+ CEXT + CS
CS is the PCB board capacitance including the pad pin.
The test pin is configured in push-pull output mode and is toggled by software at a fixed
frequency.

92/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

On-chip peripheral current consumption

The current consumption of the on-chip peripherals is given in Table 34. The MCU is placed
under the following conditions:
• All I/O pins are in Analog mode
• The given value is calculated by measuring the difference of the current consumptions:
– when the peripheral is clocked on
– when the peripheral is clocked off
• Ambient operating temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 14:
Voltage characteristics
• The power consumption of the digital part of the on-chip peripherals is given in
Table 34. The power consumption of the analog part of the peripherals (where
applicable) is indicated in each related section of the datasheet.

Table 34. Peripheral current consumption

Range 1 Low-power
BUS Peripheral Range 1 Range 2 Unit
Boost Mode run and sleep

AHB Bus Matrix 5.31 5.00 4.07 4.97 µA/MHz

DMA1 3.21 2.95 2.45 2.68
DMA2 3.10 2.86 2.37 2.59
DMAMUX 7.48 6.97 5.74 6.43
AHB1 CORDIC 1.61 1.50 1.24 1.34 µA/MHz
FMAC 3.70 3.47 2.86 3.27
FLASH 6.10 5.66 4.64 5.33
SRAM1 0.31 0.32 0.26 0.38

DS12960 Rev 5 93/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Table 34. Peripheral current consumption (continued)

Range 1 Low-power
BUS Peripheral Range 1 Range 2 Unit
Boost Mode run and sleep

CRC 1.11 1.05 0.86 0.90

GPIOA 1.00 0.91 0.73 0.93
GPIOB 0.55 0.50 0.41 0.54
GPIOC 0.56 0.51 0.42 0.43
GPIOD 0.35 0.33 0.26 0.26
GPIOE 0.59 0.55 0.45 0.41
GPIOF 0.46 0.43 0.36 0.31
GPIOG 0.38 0.36 0.29 0.26
AHB2 CCMSRAM 0.32 0.31 0.26 0.25 µA/MHz
SRAM2 0.70 0.66 0.55 0.55
ADC12 AHB clock domain 6.72 6.27 5.17 5.95
ADC12 independent clock domain 0.61 0.59 0.46 0.56
DAC1 5.57 5.17 4.40 4.99
DAC3 5.67 5.30 NA NA
AES 2.84 2.64 2.19 2.43
RNG clock domain 3.63 3.37 NA Na
RNG independent clock domain 1.06 1.00 NA NA
AHB ALL AHB peripherals 79.97 74.54 57.83 66.98 µA/MHz
AHB to APB1 bridge 0.47 0.37 0.32 0.08
TIM2 10.84 10.04 8.21 9.31
TIM3 9.32 8.65 7.10 8.02
TIM4 8.60 8.00 6.61 7.53
TIM6 2.88 2.69 2.22 2.66
TIM7 2.72 2.53 2.09 2.41
CRS 0.65 0.62 0.50 0.57
APB1 RTC 3.72 3.49 2.92 3.73 µA/MHz
WWDG 0.77 0.74 0.60 0.71
SPI2 4.96 4.63 3.82 4.33
SPI3 5.33 4.98 4.09 4.67
I2S2 clock domain 3.45 3.23 2.65 2.95
I2S2 independent clock domain 1.51 1.40 1.17 1.38
I2S3 clock domain 3.86 3.62 2.97 3.49
I2S3 independent clock domain 1.47 1.36 1.12 1.18

94/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Table 34. Peripheral current consumption (continued)

Range 1 Low-power
BUS Peripheral Range 1 Range 2 Unit
Boost Mode run and sleep

USART2 clock domain 3.57 3.36 2.76 3.22

USART2 independent clock domain 7.93 7.36 6.10 6.84
USART3 clock domain 3.50 3.29 2.68 3.12
USART3 independent clock domain 7.69 7.14 5.94 6.71
UART4 clock domain 3.30 3.10 2.54 2.91
UART4 independent clock domain 6.53 6.06 5.02 5.61
I2C1 clock domain 1.69 1.60 1.31 1.53
I2C1 independent clock domain 3.95 3.68 3.05 3.47
I2C2 clock domain 1.69 1.60 1.31 1.53
I2C2 independent clock domain 4.04 3.76 3.11 3.58
USB clock domain 0.57 0.55 0.44 0.51
USB independent clock domain 1.19 1.10 5.28 NA
FDCAN clock domain 9.52 8.90 7.32 8.29
APB1 µA/MHz
FDCAN independent clock domain 4.82 4.48 3.70 4.37
PWR 1.26 1.19 0.96 1.04
I2C3 clock domain 1.68 1.59 1.30 1.53
I2C3 independent clock domain 2.48 2.30 1.92 2.19
LPTIM1 clock domain 1.52 1.45 1.17 1.43
LPTIM1 independent clock domain 4.38 4.05 3.38 3.68
LPUART1 clock domain 2.42 2.29 1.87 2.15
LPUART1 independent clock
4.65 4.30 3.59 4.14
domain
ALL APB1 on 138.92 129.50 105.42 120.34
AHB to APB2 bridge 0.43 0.36 0.30 0.19
UCPD clock domain 3.67 3.42 2.82 3.24
UCPD independent clock domain 1.28 1.20 5.73 NA

DS12960 Rev 5 95/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Table 34. Peripheral current consumption (continued)

Range 1 Low-power
BUS Peripheral Range 1 Range 2 Unit
Boost Mode run and sleep

SYSCFG/VREFBUF/COMP 1.94 1.81 1.49 1.82

TIM1 12.00 11.16 9.20 10.41
SPI1 2.47 2.32 1.92 2.18
TIM8 11.65 10.83 8.93 10.17
USART1 clock domain 2.84 2.65 2.18 2.48
USART1 independent clock domain 7.01 6.53 5.38 6.17
SPI4 2.47 2.32 1.92 2.18
APB2 µA/MHz
TIM15 6.00 5.57 4.61 5.26
TIM16 4.18 3.89 3.20 3.57
TIM17 4.37 4.06 3.33 3.76
SAI1 clock domain 3.08 2.88 2.36 2.79
SAI1 independent clock domain 3.07 2.84 2.35 2.63
ALL APB2 on 62.79 58.41 52.90 53.64
ALL peripherals 250.00 210.44 179.05 225.00

96/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

5.3.6 Wakeup time from low-power modes and voltage scaling

transition times
The wakeup times given in Table 35 are the latency between the event and the execution of
the first user instruction.
The device goes in low-power mode after the WFE (Wait For Event) instruction.

Table 35. Low-power mode wakeup timings(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Typ Max Unit

Wakeup time from Sleep

tWUSLEEP - 11 12
mode to Run mode Nb of
Wakeup time from Low- CPU
tWULPSLEEP power sleep mode to Low- - cycles
10 11
power run mode

Wake up time from Stop 0 Range 1 Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 5.8 6
mode to Run mode in Flash Range 2 Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 18.4 19.1
tWUSTOP0
Wake up time from Stop 0 Range 1 Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 2.8 3
mode to Run mode in
SRAM1 Range 2 Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 2.9 3

Wake up time from Stop 1 Range 1 Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 9.5 9.8
mode to Run in Flash Range 2 Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 21.9 22.7
Wake up time from Stop 1 Range 1 Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 6.6 6.9
mode to Run mode in
SRAM1 Range 2 Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 6.4 6.6
tWUSTOP1 Wake up time from Stop 1
mode to Low-power run Regulator in 26.1 27.1(2)
mode in Flash Wakeup clock µs
low-power
HSI16 = 16 MHz,
Wake up time from Stop 1 mode (LPR=1 with HPRE = 8
mode to Low-power run in PWR_CR1)
14.4 15(2)
mode in SRAM1
Wakeup time from Standby
tWUSTBY Range 1 Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 29.7 33.8
mode to Run mode
tWUSTBY Wakeup time from Standby
Range 1 Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 29.7 33.5
SRAM2 with SRAM2 to Run mode

Wakeup time from

tWUSHDN Shutdown mode to Run Range 1 Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 267.9 274.6(2)
mode
Wakeup time from Low-
Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz
tWULPRUN power run mode to Run 5 7
HPRE = 8
mode(3)
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Characterization results for temperature range from 0°C to 125°C
3. Time until REGLPF flag is cleared in PWR_SR2.

DS12960 Rev 5 97/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Table 36. Regulator modes transition times(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Typ Max Unit

Regulator transition time from Range

Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz
tVOST 2 to Range 1 or 20 40 μs
HPRE = 8
Range 1 to Range 2(2)
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Time until VOSF flag is cleared in PWR_SR2.

Table 37. Wakeup time using USART/LPUART(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Typ Max Unit

Wakeup time needed to calculate the Stop 0 mode - 1.7

tWUUSART maximum USART/LPUART baudrate
allowing to wakeup up from stop mode μs
tWULPUART Stop 1 mode - 8.5
when USART/LPUART clock source is
HSI16
1. Guaranteed by design.

5.3.7 External clock source characteristics

High-speed external user clock generated from an external source
In bypass mode the HSE oscillator is switched off and the input pin is a standard GPIO.
The external clock signal has to respect the I/O characteristics in Section 5.3.14. However,
the recommended clock input waveform is shown in Figure 19: High-speed external clock
source AC timing diagram.

Table 38. High-speed external user clock characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

Voltage scaling
- 8 48
User external clock Range 1
fHSE_ext MHz
source frequency Voltage scaling
- 8 26
Range 2
OSC_IN input pin high
VHSEH - 0.7 VDD - VDD
level voltage
V
OSC_IN input pin low
VHSEL - VSS - 0.3 VDD
level voltage
Voltage scaling
7 - -
tw(HSEH) Range 1
OSC_IN high or low time ns
tw(HSEL) Voltage scaling
18 - -
Range 2
1. Guaranteed by design.

98/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Figure 19. High-speed external clock source AC timing diagram

tw(HSEH)

VHSEH
90%
10%
VHSEL

tr(HSE) t
tf(HSE) tw(HSEL)
THSE

MS19214V2

Low-speed external user clock generated from an external source

In bypass mode the LSE oscillator is switched off and the input pin is a standard GPIO.
The external clock signal has to respect the I/O characteristics in Section 5.3.14. However,
the recommended clock input waveform is shown in Figure 20.

Table 39. Low-speed external user clock characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

User external clock source

fLSE_ext - - 32.768 1000 kHz
frequency
OSC32_IN input pin high
VLSEH - 0.7 VDD - VDD
level voltage
V
OSC32_IN input pin low level
VLSEL - VSS - 0.3 VDD
voltage
tw(LSEH)
OSC32_IN high or low time - 250 - - ns
tw(LSEL)
1. Guaranteed by design.

Figure 20. Low-speed external clock source AC timing diagram

tw(LSEH)

VLSEH
90%
10%
VLSEL

tr(LSE) t
tf(LSE) tw(LSEL)
TLSE

MS19215V2

DS12960 Rev 5 99/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

High-speed external clock generated from a crystal/ceramic resonator

The high-speed external (HSE) clock can be supplied with a 4 to 48 MHz crystal/ceramic
resonator oscillator. All the information given in this paragraph are based on design
simulation results obtained with typical external components specified in Table 40. In the
application, the resonator and the load capacitors have to be placed as close as possible to
the oscillator pins in order to minimize output distortion and startup stabilization time. Refer
to the crystal resonator manufacturer for more details on the resonator characteristics
(frequency, package, accuracy).

Table 40. HSE oscillator characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions(2) Min Typ Max Unit

fOSC_IN Oscillator frequency - 4 8 48 MHz

RF Feedback resistor - - 200 - kΩ
(3)
During startup - - 5.5
VDD = 3 V,
Rm = 30 Ω, - 0.44 -
CL = 10 pF@8 MHz
VDD = 3 V,
Rm = 45 Ω, - 0.45 -
CL = 10 pF@8 MHz

IDD(HSE) HSE current consumption VDD = 3 V, mA

Rm = 30 Ω, - 0.68 -
CL = 5 pF@48 MHz
VDD = 3 V,
Rm = 30 Ω, - 0.94 -
CL = 10 pF@48 MHz
VDD = 3 V,
Rm = 30 Ω, - 1.77 -
CL = 20 pF@48 MHz
Maximum critical crystal
Gm Startup - - 1.5 mA/V
transconductance
tSU(HSE)(4) Startup time VDD is stabilized - 2 - ms
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. Resonator characteristics given by the crystal/ceramic resonator manufacturer.
3. This consumption level occurs during the first 2/3 of the tSU(HSE) startup time
4. tSU(HSE) is the startup time measured from the moment it is enabled (by software) to a stabilized 8 MHz
oscillation is reached. This value is measured for a standard crystal resonator and it can vary significantly
with the crystal manufacturer

For CL1 and CL2, it is recommended to use high-quality external ceramic capacitors in the
5 pF to 20 pF range (typ.), designed for high-frequency applications, and selected to match
the requirements of the crystal or resonator (see Figure 21). CL1 and CL2 are usually the
same size. The crystal manufacturer typically specifies a load capacitance which is the
series combination of CL1 and CL2. PCB and MCU pin capacitance must be included (10 pF
can be used as a rough estimate of the combined pin and board capacitance) when sizing
CL1 and CL2.

100/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Note: For information on selecting the crystal, refer to the application note AN2867 “Oscillator
design guide for ST microcontrollers” available from the ST website www.st.com.

Figure 21. Typical application with an 8 MHz crystal

Resonator with integrated

capacitors
CL1

OSC_IN fHSE
Bias
8 MHz controlled
resonator RF gain

REXT (1) OSC_OUT

CL2

MS19876V1

1. REXT value depends on the crystal characteristics.

Low-speed external clock generated from a crystal resonator

The low-speed external (LSE) clock can be supplied with a 32.768 kHz crystal resonator
oscillator. All the information given in this paragraph are based on design simulation results
obtained with typical external components specified in Table 41. In the application, the
resonator and the load capacitors have to be placed as close as possible to the oscillator
pins in order to minimize output distortion and startup stabilization time. Refer to the crystal
resonator manufacturer for more details on the resonator characteristics (frequency,
package, accuracy).

DS12960 Rev 5 101/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Table 41. LSE oscillator characteristics (fLSE = 32.768 kHz)(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions(2) Min Typ Max Unit

LSEDRV[1:0] = 00
- 250 -
Low drive capability
LSEDRV[1:0] = 01
- 315 -
Medium low drive capability
IDD(LSE) LSE current consumption nA
LSEDRV[1:0] = 10
- 500 -
Medium high drive capability
LSEDRV[1:0] = 11
- 630 -
High drive capability
LSEDRV[1:0] = 00
- - 0.5
Low drive capability
LSEDRV[1:0] = 01
- - 0.75
Maximum critical crystal Medium low drive capability
Gmcritmax µA/V
gm LSEDRV[1:0] = 10
- - 1.7
Medium high drive capability
LSEDRV[1:0] = 11
- - 2.7
High drive capability
tSU(LSE)(3) Startup time VDD is stabilized - 2 - s
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. Refer to the note and caution paragraphs below the table, and to the application note AN2867 “Oscillator
design guide for ST microcontrollers”.
3. tSU(LSE) is the startup time measured from the moment it is enabled (by software) to a stabilized
32.768 kHz oscillation is reached. This value is measured for a standard crystal and it can vary significantly
with the crystal manufacturer

Note: For information on selecting the crystal, refer to the application note AN2867 “Oscillator
design guide for ST microcontrollers” available from the ST website www.st.com.

Figure 22. Typical application with a 32.768 kHz crystal

Resonator with integrated

capacitors
CL1

OSC32_IN fLSE

32.768 kHz Drive

resonator programmable
amplifier

OSC32_OUT
CL2

MS30253V2

Note: An external resistor is not required between OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT and it is forbidden
to add one.

102/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

5.3.8 Internal clock source characteristics

The parameters given in Table 42 are derived from tests performed under ambient
temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 17: General operating
conditions. The provided curves are characterization results, not tested in production.

High-speed internal (HSI16) RC oscillator

Table 42. HSI16 oscillator characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

fHSI16 HSI16 Frequency VDD=3.0 V, TA=30 °C 15.88 - 16.08 MHz

Trimming code is not a
0.2 0.3 0.4
multiple of 64
TRIM HSI16 user trimming step %
Trimming code is a
-4 -6 -8
multiple of 64
DuCy(HSI16)(2) Duty Cycle - 45 - 55 %

HSI16 oscillator frequency TA= 0 to 85 °C -1 - 1 %

∆Temp(HSI16)
drift over temperature TA= -40 to 125 °C -2 - 1.5 %
HSI16 oscillator frequency
∆VDD(HSI16) VDD=1.62 V to 3.6 V -0.1 - 0.05 %
drift over VDD
HSI16 oscillator start-up
tsu(HSI16)(2) - - 0.8 1.2 μs
time
HSI16 oscillator
tstab(HSI16)(2) - - 3 5 μs
stabilization time
HSI16 oscillator power
IDD(HSI16)(2) - - 155 190 μA
consumption
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Guaranteed by design.

DS12960 Rev 5 103/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Figure 23. HSI16 frequency versus temperature

MHz
16.4
+2 %
16.3
+1.5 %
16.2
+1 %

16.1

16

15.9

15.8 -1 %

-1.5 %
15.7
-2 %
15.6
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 °C
Mean min max
MSv39299V2

High-speed internal 48 MHz (HSI48) RC oscillator

Table 43. HSI48 oscillator characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

fHSI48 HSI48 Frequency VDD=3.0V, TA=30°C - 48 - MHz

TRIM HSI48 user trimming step - - 0.11(2) 0.18(2) %
USER TRIM HSI48 user trimming
±32 steps ±3(3) ±3.5(3) - %
COVERAGE coverage
DuCy(HSI48) Duty Cycle - 45(2) - 55(2) %
VDD = 3.0 V to 3.6 V,
Accuracy of the HSI48 - - ±3(3)
TA = –15 to 85 °C
ACCHSI48_REL oscillator over temperature %
(factory calibrated) VDD = 1.65 V to 3.6 V,
- - ±4.5(3)
TA = –40 to 125 °C

HSI48 oscillator frequency VDD = 3 V to 3.6 V - 0.025(3) 0.05(3)

DVDD(HSI48) %
drift with VDD VDD = 1.65 V to 3.6 V - 0.05(3) 0.1(3)
HSI48 oscillator start-up
tsu(HSI48) - - 2.5(2) 6(2) μs
time
HSI48 oscillator power
IDD(HSI48) - - 340(2) 380(2) μA
consumption

104/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Table 43. HSI48 oscillator characteristics(1) (continued)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

Next transition jitter

NT jitter Accumulated jitter on 28 - - +/-0.15(2) - ns
cycles(4)
Paired transition jitter
PT jitter Accumulated jitter on 56 - - +/-0.25(2) - ns
cycles(4)
1. VDD = 3 V, TA = –40 to 125°C unless otherwise specified.
2. Guaranteed by design.
3. Guaranteed by characterization results.
4. Jitter measurement are performed without clock source activated in parallel.

Figure 24. HSI48 frequency versus temperature

%
6

-2

-4

-6
-50 -30 -10 10 30 50 70 90 110 130
°C
Avg min max
MSv40989V1

Low-speed internal (LSI) RC oscillator

Table 44. LSI oscillator characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

VDD = 3.0 V,
31.04 - 32.96
TA = 30 °C
fLSI LSI Frequency kHz
VDD = 1.62 to 3.6 V,
29.5 - 34
TA = -40 to 125 °C
LSI oscillator start-up
tSU(LSI)(2) - - 80 130 μs
time

DS12960 Rev 5 105/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Table 44. LSI oscillator characteristics(1) (continued)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

LSI oscillator stabilization

tSTAB(LSI)(2) 5% of final frequency - 125 180 μs
time
LSI oscillator power
IDD(LSI)(2) - - 110 180 nA
consumption
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Guaranteed by design.

5.3.9 PLL characteristics

The parameters given in Table 45 are derived from tests performed under temperature and
VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 17: General operating conditions.

Table 45. PLL characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

PLL input clock(2) - 2.66 - 16 MHz

fPLL_IN
PLL input clock duty cycle - 45 - 55 %
Voltage scaling Range 1
2.0645 - 170
Boost mode
fPLL_P_OUT PLL multiplier output clock P
Voltage scaling Range 1 2.0645 - 150
Voltage scaling Range 2 2.0645 - 26
Voltage scaling Range 1
8 - 170
Boost mode
fPLL_Q_OUT PLL multiplier output clock Q
Voltage scaling Range 1 8 - 150
MHz
Voltage scaling Range 2 8 - 26
Voltage scaling Range 1
8 - 170
Boost mode
fPLL_R_OUT PLL multiplier output clock R
Voltage scaling Range 1 8 - 150
Voltage scaling Range 2 8 - 26
Voltage scaling Range 1 96 - 344
fVCO_OUT PLL VCO output
Voltage scaling Range 2 96 - 128
tLOCK PLL lock time - - 15 40 μs
RMS cycle-to-cycle jitter - 28.6 -
Jitter System clock 150 MHz ±ps
RMS period jitter - 21.4 -
VCO freq = 96 MHz - 200 260
PLL power consumption on
IDD(PLL) VCO freq = 192 MHz - 300 380 μA
VDD(1)
VCO freq = 344 MHz - 520 650
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. Take care of using the appropriate division factor M to obtain the specified PLL input clock
values.

106/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

5.3.10 Flash memory characteristics

Table 46. Flash memory characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Typ Max Unit

tprog 64-bit programming time - 81.7 83.35 µs

One row (32 double Normal programming 2.61 2.7

tprog_row
word) programming time Fast programming 1.91 1.95

One page (2 Kbytes) Normal programming 20.91 21.34

tprog_page ms
programming time Fast programming 15.29 15.6
Page (2 Kbytes) erase
tERASE - 22.02 24.47
time

One bank (128 Kbyte) Normal programming 1.34 1.49

tprog_bank s
programming time Fast programming 0.98 1.09
tME Mass erase time - 22.13 24.6 ms

Average consumption Write mode 3.5 -

from VDD Erase mode 3.5 -
IDD mA
Write mode 7 (for 6 µs) -
Maximum current (peak)
Erase mode 7 (for 67 µs) -
1. Guaranteed by design.

Table 47. Flash memory endurance and data retention

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min(1) Unit

NEND Endurance TA = -40 to +105 °C 10 kcycles

1 kcycle(2) at TA = 85 °C 30
(2)
1 kcycle at TA = 105 °C 15
(2)
1 kcycle at TA = 125 °C 7
tRET Data retention Years
(2)
10 kcycles at TA = 55 °C 30
10 kcycles(2) at TA = 85 °C 15
(2)
10 kcycles at TA = 105 °C 10
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Cycling performed over the whole temperature range.

DS12960 Rev 5 107/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

5.3.11 EMC characteristics

Susceptibility tests are performed on a sample basis during device characterization.

Functional EMS (electromagnetic susceptibility)

While a simple application is executed on the device (toggling 2 LEDs through I/O ports).
the device is stressed by two electromagnetic events until a failure occurs. The failure is
indicated by the LEDs:
• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) (positive and negative) is applied to all device pins until
a functional disturbance occurs. This test is compliant with the IEC 61000-4-2 standard.
• FTB: A Burst of Fast Transient voltage (positive and negative) is applied to VDD and
VSS through a 100 pF capacitor, until a functional disturbance occurs. This test is
compliant with the IEC 61000-4-4 standard.
A device reset allows normal operations to be resumed.
The test results are given in Table 48. They are based on the EMS levels and classes
defined in application note AN1709.

Table 48. EMS characteristics

Level/
Symbol Parameter Conditions
Class

VDD = 3.3 V, TA = +25 °C,

Voltage limits to be applied on any I/O pin
VFESD fHCLK = 170 MHz, 2B
to induce a functional disturbance
conforming to IEC 61000-4-2
Fast transient voltage burst limits to be VDD = 3.3 V, TA = +25 °C,
VEFTB applied through 100 pF on VDD and VSS fHCLK = 170 MHz, 5A
pins to induce a functional disturbance conforming to IEC 61000-4-4

Designing hardened software to avoid noise problems

EMC characterization and optimization are performed at component level with a typical
application environment and simplified MCU software. It should be noted that good EMC
performance is highly dependent on the user application and the software in particular.
Therefore it is recommended that the user applies EMC software optimization and
prequalification tests in relation with the EMC level requested for his application.
Software recommendations
The software flowchart must include the management of runaway conditions such as:
• Corrupted program counter
• Unexpected reset
• Critical Data corruption (control registers...)
Prequalification trials
Most of the common failures (unexpected reset and program counter corruption) can be
reproduced by manually forcing a low state on the NRST pin or the Oscillator pins for 1
second.

108/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

To complete these trials, ESD stress can be applied directly on the device, over the range of
specification values. When unexpected behavior is detected, the software can be hardened
to prevent unrecoverable errors occurring (see application note AN1015).

Electromagnetic Interference (EMI)

The electromagnetic field emitted by the device are monitored while a simple application is
executed (toggling 2 LEDs through the I/O ports). This emission test is compliant with
IEC 61967-2 standard which specifies the test board and the pin loading.

Table 49. EMI characteristics

Max vs. [fHSE/fHCLK]
Monitored
Symbol Parameter Conditions Unit
frequency band
8 MHz / 170 MHz

0.1 MHz to 30 MHz 3

30 MHz to 130 MHz -2
VDD = 3.6 V, TA = 25 °C, dBµV
SEMI Peak level LQFP100 package 130 MHz to 1 GHz 25
compliant with IEC 61967-2
1 GHz to 2 GHz 18
EMI Level 4 -

5.3.12 Electrical sensitivity characteristics

Based on three different tests (ESD, LU) using specific measurement methods, the device is
stressed in order to determine its performance in terms of electrical sensitivity.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD)

Electrostatic discharges (a positive then a negative pulse separated by 1 second) are
applied to the pins of each sample according to each pin combination. The sample size
depends on the number of supply pins in the device (3 parts × (n+1) supply pins). This test
conforms to the ANSI/JEDEC standard.

Table 50. ESD absolute maximum ratings

Maximum
Symbol Ratings Conditions Class Unit
value(1)

Electrostatic discharge TA = +25 °C, conforming to

VESD(HBM) 2 2000 V
voltage (human body model) ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-001
Electrostatic discharge TA = +25 °C, conforming to
VESD(CDM) C1 250 V
voltage (charge device model) ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS- 002
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.

DS12960 Rev 5 109/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Static latch-up
Two complementary static tests are required on three parts to assess the latch-up
performance:
• A supply overvoltage is applied to each power supply pin.
• A current injection is applied to each input, output and configurable I/O pin.
These tests are compliant with EIA/JESD 78E IC latch-up standard.

Table 51. Electrical sensitivities

Symbol Parameter Conditions Class

LU Static latch-up class TA = +125 °C conforming to JESD78E Class II level A

5.3.13 I/O current injection characteristics

As a general rule, current injection to the I/O pins, due to external voltage below VSS or
above VDD (for standard, 3.3 V-capable I/O pins) should be avoided during normal product
operation. However, in order to give an indication of the robustness of the microcontroller in
cases when abnormal injection accidentally happens, susceptibility tests are performed on a
sample basis during device characterization.

Functional susceptibility to I/O current injection

While a simple application is executed on the device, the device is stressed by injecting
current into the I/O pins programmed in floating input mode. While current is injected into
the I/O pin, one at a time, the device is checked for functional failures.
The failure is indicated by an out of range parameter: ADC error above a certain limit (higher
than 5 LSB TUE), out of conventional limits of induced leakage current on adjacent pins (out
of the -5 µA/+0 µA range) or other functional failure (for example reset occurrence or
oscillator frequency deviation).
The characterization results are given in Table 52.
Negative induced leakage current is caused by negative injection and positive induced
leakage current is caused by positive injection.

Table 52. I/O current injection susceptibility

Functional
susceptibility
Symbol Description Unit
Negative Positive
injection injection

All except TT_a, PF2 -5 NA

(1)
IINJ Injected current on pin PF2 -0 NA mA
TT_a pins -5 0
1. Guaranteed by characterization.

110/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

5.3.14 I/O port characteristics

General input/output characteristics
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 53 are derived from tests
performed under the conditions summarized in Table 17: General operating conditions. All
I/Os are designed as CMOS- and TTL-compliant.

Table 53. I/O static characteristics

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

All except 0.3xVDD

1.62 V<VDD<3.6 V - -
I/O input FT_c 0.39xVDD-0.06(3)
VIL(1)(2) low level V
voltage 0.3xVDD
FT_c 1.62 V<VDD<3.6 V - -
0.25xVDD

All except 0.7xVDD - -

I/O input 1.62 V<VDD<3.6 V
VIH(1)(2) high level FT_c 0.49xVDD +0.26(3) - - V
voltage
FT_c 1.62 V<VDD<3.6 V 0.7xVDD - -
TT_xx,
Input
VHYS(3) FT_xxx, 1.62 V<VDD<3.6 V - 200 - mV
hysteresis
NRST
0 < VIN ≤ VDD - - ±100
FT_xx
except VDD ≤ VIN ≤ VDD+1 V - - 650(4)
FT_c
VDD+1 V < VIN ≤ 5.5 V - - 200(4)
0 ≤ VIN ≤ VDDMAX - - 2000
FT_c
VDD ≤ VIN <0.5 V - - 3000
Input 0 ≤ VIN ≤ VDD - - ±150
Ileak leakage nA
current(3) FT_u, PC3 VDD ≤ VIN ≤ VDD+ 1 V - - ±2500
VDD ≤ VIN ≤ 5.5 V - - ±250
0 ≤ VIN ≤ VDD - - ±4500
FT_d
VDD + 1V ≤ VIN ≤ 5.5 V - - ±9000
0 ≤ VIN ≤ VDD - - ±150
TT_xx
VDD ≤ VIN ≤ 3.6 V - - 2000
Weak pull-
up
RPU VIN = VSS 25 40 55
equivalent
resistor(5)
kΩ
Weak pull-
down
RPD VIN = VDD 25 40 55
equivalent
resistor(5)
I/O pin I/O pin
CIO - - 5 - pF
capacitance capacitance
1. Refer to Figure 25: I/O input characteristics

DS12960 Rev 5 111/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

2. Data based on characterization results, not tested in production

3. Guaranteed by design.
4. This value represents the pad leakage of the I/O itself. The total product pad leakage is provided by this formula:
ITotal_Ileak_max = 10 μA + [number of I/Os where VIN is applied on the pad] ₓ Ilkg(Max).
5. Pull-up and pull-down resistors are designed with a true resistance in series with a switchable PMOS/NMOS. This
PMOS/NMOS contribution to the series resistance is minimal (~10% order).

Note: For more information about GPIO properties, refer to the application note AN4899 "STM32
GPIO configuration for hardware settings and low-power consumption" available from the
ST website www.st.com.
All I/Os are CMOS- and TTL-compliant (no software configuration required). Their
characteristics cover more than the strict CMOS-technology or TTL parameters. The
coverage of these requirements is shown in Figure 25 for standard I/Os, and in Figure 25 for
5 V tolerant I/Os.

Figure 25. I/O input characteristics

TTL requirement Vih min = 2V

DIO
x
x>
1.62
0. 7xV D V DDIO
in = 6 for
m +0.2
Vih xV DDIO
x

em ent or 0.49
re quir < 1.62 >1.62
OS V DDIOx r VDDIOx
CM or 1 .08< -0.06 fo
on .05 f
rod ucti +0 9x VD DIOx

in p x V DD IOx or 0.3
ted 0.61 <1.62
Tes min = r1.08<VD
DIOx
n Vih -0.1 fo
ulatio VDDIOx
d on
sim .43x
ax =0 TTL requirement Vil max = 0.8V
Base on Vil m xVdd
imulati ax = 0.3
on s nt Vil m
Based requireme
n CMOS
in p roductio
Tested

MSv37613V1

Output driving current

The GPIOs (general purpose input/outputs) can sink or source up to ±8 mA, and sink or
source up to ± 20 mA (with a relaxed VOL/VOH).

112/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

In the user application, the number of I/O pins which can drive current must be limited to
respect the absolute maximum rating specified in Section 5.2:
• The sum of the currents sourced by all the I/Os on VDD, plus the maximum
consumption of the MCU sourced on VDD, cannot exceed the absolute maximum rating
ΣIVDD (see Table 14: Voltage characteristics).
• The sum of the currents sunk by all the I/Os on VSS, plus the maximum consumption of
the MCU sunk on VSS, cannot exceed the absolute maximum rating ΣIVSS (see
Table 14: Voltage characteristics).

Output voltage levels

Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in the table below are derived from tests
performed under the ambient temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in
Table 17: General operating conditions. All I/Os are CMOS- and TTL-compliant (FT OR TT
unless otherwise specified).

Table 54. Output voltage characteristics(1)(2)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit

VOL(3) Output low level voltage for an I/O pin CMOS port - 0.4
|IIO| = 2 mA for FT_c
VOH(3) Output high level voltage for an I/O pin I/Os = 8 mA for other I/Os VDD VDD-0.4 -
≥ 2.7 V
VOL(3) Output low level voltage for an I/O pin TTL port - 0.4
|IIO| = 2 mA for FT_c
VOH(3) Output high level voltage for an I/O pin I/Os = 8 mA for other I/Os 2.4 -
VDD ≥ 2.7 V
VOL(3) Output low level voltage for an I/O pin All I/Os except FT_c - 1.3
|IIO| = 20 mA V
VOH(3) Output high level voltage for an I/O pin V ≥ 2.7 V VDD-1.3 -
DD

VOL(3) Output low level voltage for an I/O pin |IIO| = 1 mA for FT_c - 0.4
I/Os = 4 mA for other I/Os
VOH(3) Output high level voltage for an I/O pin V ≥ 1.62 V VDD-0.45 -
DD

|IIO| = 20 mA
Output low level voltage for an FT I/O - 0.4
VOLFM+ VDD ≥ 2.7 V
(3) pin in FM+ mode (FT I/O with “f”
option) |IIO| = 10 mA
- 0.4
VDD ≥ 1.62 V
1. The IIO current sourced or sunk by the device must always respect the absolute maximum rating specified in Table 14:
Voltage characteristics, and the sum of the currents sourced or sunk by all the I/Os (I/O ports and control pins) must always
respect the absolute maximum ratings ΣIIO.
2. TTL and CMOS outputs are compatible with JEDEC standards JESD36 and JESD52.
3. Guaranteed by design.

Input/output AC characteristics
The definition and values of input/output AC characteristics are given in Figure 26 and
Table 55, respectively.
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given are derived from tests performed under
the ambient temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 17: General
operating conditions.

DS12960 Rev 5 113/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Table 55. I/O (except FT_c) AC characteristics(1) (2)

Speed Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit

C=50 pF, 2.7 V≤VDD≤3.6 V - 5

Maximum C=50 pF, 1.62 V≤VDD≤2.7 V - 1

Fmax MHz
frequency C=10 pF, 2.7 V≤VDD≤3.6 V - 10
C=10 pF, 1.62 V≤VDD≤2.7 V - 1.5
00
C=50 pF, 2.7 V≤VDD≤3.6 V - 25

Output rise and C=50 pF, 1.62 V≤VDD≤2.7 V - 52

Tr/Tf ns
fall time C=10 pF, 2.7 V≤VDD≤3.6 V - 17
C=10 pF, 1.62 V≤VDD≤2.7 V - 37
C=50 pF, 2.7 V≤VDD≤3.6 V - 25

Maximum C=50 pF, 1.62 V≤VDD≤2.7 V - 10

Fmax MHz
frequency C=10 pF, 2.7 V≤VDD≤3.6 V - 50
C=10 pF, 1.62 V≤VDD≤2.7 V - 15
01
C=50 pF, 2.7 V≤VDD≤3.6 V - 9

Output rise and C=50 pF, 1.62 V≤VDD≤2.7 V - 16

Tr/Tf ns
fall time C=10 pF, 2.7 V≤VDD≤3.6 V - 4.5
C=10 pF, 1.62 V≤VDD≤2.7 V - 9
C=50 pF, 2.7 V≤VDD≤3.6 V - 50

Maximum C=50 pF, 1.62 V≤VDD≤2.7 V - 25

Fmax MHz
frequency C=10 pF, 2.7 V≤VDD≤3.6 V - 100(3)
C=10 pF, 1.62 V≤VDD≤2.7 V - 37.5
10
C=50 pF, 2.7 V≤VDD≤3.6 V - 5.8

Output rise and C=50 pF, 1.62 V≤VDD≤2.7 V - 11

Tr/Tf ns
fall time C=10 pF, 2.7 V≤VDD≤3.6 V - 2.5
C=10 pF, 1.62 V≤VDD≤2.7 V - 5
C=30 pF, 2.7 V≤VDD≤3.6 V - 120(3)

Maximum C=30 pF, 1.62 V≤VDD≤2.7 V - 50

Fmax MHz
frequency C=10 pF, 2.7 V≤VDD≤3.6 V - 180(3)
C=10 pF, 1.62 V≤VDD≤2.7 V - 75
11
C=30 pF, 2.7 V≤VDD≤3.6 V - 3.3

Output rise and C=30 pF, 1.62 V≤VDD≤2.7 V - 6

Tr/Tf ns
fall time(4) C=10 pF, 2.7 V≤VDD≤3.6 V - 1.7
C=10 pF, 1.62 V≤VDD≤2.7 V - 3.3

114/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Table 55. I/O (except FT_c) AC characteristics(1) (2) (continued)

Speed Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit

Maximum
Fmax(5) - 1 MHz
frequency
FM+ Output high to C=50 pF, 1.6 V≤VDD≤3.6 V
(4)
Tr/TF low level fall - 5 ns
time
1. The I/O speed is configured using the OSPEEDRy[1:0] bits. The Fm+ mode is configured in the
SYSCFG_CFGR1 register. Refer to the reference manual RM0440 "STM32G4 Series advanced Arm®-
based 32-bit MCUs" for a description of GPIO Port configuration register.
2. Guaranteed by design.
3. This value represented the I/O capability but maximum system frequency is 170 MHz.
4. The fall time is defined between 70% and 30% of the output waveform accordingly to I2C specification.
5. The maximum frequency is defined with the following conditions:
- (Tr+ Tf) ≤ 2/3 T.
- 45%<Duty cycle<55%

Table 56. I/O FT_c AC characteristics(1) (2)

Speed Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit

Maximum C=50 pF, 2.7 V≤VDD≤3.6 V - 2

Fmax MHz
frequency C=50 pF, 1.6 V≤VDD≤2.7 V - 1
0
Output H/L to C=50 pF, 2.7 V≤VDD≤3.6 V - 170
Tr/Tf L/H level fall ns
time C=50 pF, 1.6 V≤VDD≤2.7 V - 330

Maximum C=50 pF, 2.7 V≤VDD≤3.6 V - 10

Fmax MHz
frequency C=50 pF, 1.6 V≤VDD≤2.7 V - 5
1
Output H/L to C=50 pF, 2.7 V≤VDD≤3.6 V - 35
Tr/Tf L/H level fall ns
time C=50 pF, 1.6 V≤VDD≤2.7 V - 65

1. The I/O speed is configured using the OSPEEDRy[1:0] bits. The Fm+ mode is configured in the
SYSCFG_CFGR1 register. Refer to the reference manual RM0440 "STM32G4 Series advanced Arm®-
based 32-bit MCUs" for a description of GPIO Port configuration register.
2. Guaranteed by design.

DS12960 Rev 5 115/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Figure 26. I/O AC characteristics definition(1)

90% 10%

50% 50%

10% 90%

t r(IO)out t f(IO)out

Maximum frequency is achieved if (t r + t f (≤ 2/3)T and if the duty cycle is (45-55%)

when loaded by the specified capacitance.
MS32132V2

1. Refer to Table 55: I/O (except FT_c) AC characteristics.

5.3.15 NRST pin characteristics

The NRST pin input driver uses the CMOS technology. It is connected to a permanent pull-
up resistor, RPU.
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in the table below are derived from tests
performed under the ambient temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in
Table 17: General operating conditions.

Table 57. NRST pin characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

NRST input low level

VIL(NRST) - - - 0.3ₓVDD
voltage
V
NRST input high level
VIH(NRST) - 0.7ₓVDD - -
voltage
NRST Schmitt trigger
Vhys(NRST) - - 200 - mV
voltage hysteresis
Weak pull-up equivalent
RPU VIN = VSS 25 40 55 kΩ
resistor(2)
NRST input filtered
VF(NRST) - - - 70 ns
pulse
NRST input not filtered 1.71 V ≤ VDD
VNF(NRST) 350 - - ns
pulse ≤ 3.6 V
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. The pull-up is designed with a true resistance in series with a switchable PMOS. This PMOS contribution to
the series resistance is minimal (~10% order).

116/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Figure 27. Recommended NRST pin protection

External
reset circuit(1) VDD

RPU
NRST(2) Internal reset
Filter

0.1 μF

MS19878V3

1. The reset network protects the device against parasitic resets.

2. The user must ensure that the level on the NRST pin can go below the VIL(NRST) max level specified in
Table 57: NRST pin characteristics. Otherwise the reset is not taken into account by the device.
3. The external capacitor on NRST must be placed as close as possible to the device.

5.3.16 Extended interrupt and event controller input (EXTI) characteristics

The pulse on the interrupt input must have a minimal length in order to guarantee that it is
detected by the event controller.

Table 58. EXTI input characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

Pulse length to event

PLEC - 20 - - ns
controller
1. Guaranteed by design.

5.3.17 Analog switches booster

Table 59. Analog switches booster characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit

VDD Supply voltage 1.62 - 3.6 V

tSU(BOOST) Booster startup time - - 240 µs
Booster consumption for
- - 250
1.62 V ≤ VDD ≤ 2.0 V
Booster consumption for
IDD(BOOST) - - 500 µA
2.0 V ≤ VDD ≤ 2.7 V
Booster consumption for
- - 900
2.7 V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.6 V
1. Guaranteed by design.

DS12960 Rev 5 117/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

5.3.18 Analog-to-digital converter characteristics

Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 60 are preliminary values derived
from tests performed under ambient temperature, fPCLK frequency and VDDA supply voltage
conditions summarized in Table 17: General operating conditions.
Note: It is recommended to perform a calibration after each power-up.

Table 60. ADC characteristics(1) (2)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

Analog supply
VDDA - 1.62 - 3.6 V
voltage
Positive VDDA ≥ 2 V 2 - VDDA V
VREF+ reference
voltage VDDA < 2 V VDDA V

Negative
VREF- reference - VSSA V
voltage
Input common (VREF++VREF-)/2 (VREF+ + (VREF+ + VREF-)/2
VCMIN Differential V
mode - 0.18 VREF-)/2 + 0.18
Range 1, single
0.14 - 60
ADC operation
Range 2 - - 26
Range 1, all ADCs
operation, single
0.14 - 52
ended mode
VDDA ≥ 2.7 V
ADC clock
fADC MHz
frequency Range 1, all ADCs
operation, single
0.14 - 42
ended mode
VDDA ≥ 1.62 V
Range 1, all ADCs
operation,
0.14 - 56
differential mode
VDDA ≥ 1.62 V
For given
Sampling rate, resolution and fADC / (sampling time [cycles] +
fs 0.001 Msps
continuous mode sampling time resolution [bits] + 0.5)
cycles (ts)
Considering trigger
conversion latency
- -
time (tLATR or
External trigger tLATRINJ)
TTRIG 1ms -
period
Resolution =
tconv + [tLATR or
12 bits, -
tLATRINJ]
fADC=60 MHz
Conversion
VAIN (3) - 0 - VREF+ V
voltage range

118/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Table 60. ADC characteristics(1) (2) (continued)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

External input
RAIN(4) - - - 50 kΩ
impedance
Internal sample
CADC and hold - - 5 - pF
capacitor
conversi
tSTAB Power-up time - 1
on cycle
fADC = 60 MHz 1.93 µs
tCAL Calibration time
- 116 1/fADC
Trigger CKMODE = 00 1.5 2 2.5
conversion
CKMODE = 01 - - 2.0
latency Regular
tLATR 1/fADC
and injected CKMODE = 10 - - 2.25
channels without
conversion abort CKMODE = 11 - - 2.125

Trigger CKMODE = 00 2.5 3 3.5

conversion
CKMODE = 01 - - 3.0
latency Injected
tLATRINJ channels CKMODE = 10 - - 3.25 1/fADC
aborting a
regular CKMODE = 11 - - 3.125
conversion
fADC = 60 MHz 0.0416 - 10.675 µs
ts Sampling time
- 2.5 - 640.5 1/fADC
tADCVREG_S ADC voltage
TUP regulator start-up - - - 20 µs
time

Total conversion fADC = 60 MHz

time Resolution = 0.25 - 10.883 µs
tCONV 12 bits
(including
sampling time) - ts[cycles] + resolution [bits] +0.5 = 15 to 653 1/fADC
ADC fs = 4 Msps - 590 730
consumption
IDDA(ADC) fs = 1 Msps - 160 220 µA
from the VDDA
supply fs = 10 ksps - 16 50
ADC fs = 4 Msps - 110 140
consumption
IDDV_S(ADC fs = 1 Msps - 30 40
from the VREF+ µA
)
single ended
fs = 10 ksps - 0.6 2
mode
ADC fs = 4 Msps - 220 270
IDDV_D(ADC consumption
fs = 1 Msps - 60 70 µA
) from the VREF+
differential mode fs = 10 ksps - 1.3 3
1. Guaranteed by design

DS12960 Rev 5 119/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

2. The I/O analog switch voltage booster is enabled when VDDA < 2.4 V (BOOSTEN = 1 in the SYSCFG_CFGR1 when
VDDA < 2.4V). It is disabled when VDDA ≥ 2.4 V.
3. VREF+ can be internally connected to VDDA, depending on the package.
Refer to Section 4: Pinouts and pin description for further details.
4. The maximum value of RAIN can be found in Table 61: Maximum ADC RAIN.

120/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

The maximum value of RAIN can be found in Table 61: Maximum ADC RAIN.

Table 61. Maximum ADC RAIN(1)(2)

RAIN max (Ω)
Sampling cycle Sampling time
Resolution
@60 MHz [ns]
Fast channels(3) Slow channels(4)

2.5 41.67 100 N/A

6.5 108.33 330 100
12.5 208.33 680 470
24.5 408.33 1500 1200
12 bits
47.5 791.67 2200 1800
92.5 1541.67 4700 3900
247.5 4125 12000 10000
640.5 10675 39000 33000
2.5 41.67 120 N/A
6.5 108.33 390 180
12.5 208.33 820 560
24.5 408.33 1500 1200
10 bits
47.5 791.67 2200 1800
92.5 1541.67 5600 4700
247.5 4125 12000 10000
640.5 10675 47000 39000
2.5 41.67 180 N/A
6.5 108.33 470 270
12.5 208.33 1000 680
24.5 408.33 1800 1500
8 bits
47.5 791.67 2700 2200
92.5 1541.67 6800 5600
247.5 4125 15000 12000
640.5 10675 50000 50000
2.5 41.67 220 N/A
6.5 108.33 560 330
12.5 208.33 1200 1000
24.5 408.33 2700 2200
6 bits
47.5 791.67 3900 3300
92.5 1541.67 8200 6800
247.5 4125 18000 15000
640.5 10675 50000 50000

DS12960 Rev 5 121/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

1. Guaranteed by design.
2. The I/O analog switch voltage booster is enabled when VDDA < 2.4 V (BOOSTEN = 1 in the
SYSCFG_CFGR1 when VDDA < 2.4V). It is disabled when VDDA ≥ 2.4 V.
3. Fast channels are: ADCx_IN1 to ADCx_IN5.
4. Slow channels are: all ADC inputs except the fast channels.

122/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Table 62. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 1(1)(2)(3)

Symbol Parameter Conditions(4) Min Typ Max Unit

Single Fast channel (max speed) - 5.9 6.9

Total ended Slow channel (max speed) - 5.5 6.9
ET unadjusted
error Fast channel (max speed) - 4.6 5.6
Differential
Slow channel (max speed) - 4 5.6

Single Fast channel (max speed) - 2.5 4

ended Slow channel (max speed) - 1.9 4
EO Offset error
Fast channel (max speed) - 1.8 2.8
Differential
Slow channel (max speed) - 1.1 2.8

Single Fast channel (max speed) - 4.6 6.6

ended Slow channel (max speed) - 4.5 6.6
EG Gain error LSB
Fast channel (max speed) - 3.6 4.6
Differential
Slow channel (max speed) - 3.3 4.6

Single Fast channel (max speed) - 1.1 1.9

Differential ended Slow channel (max speed) - 1.3 1.9
ED linearity Single ADC operation ADC clock
error frequency ≤ 60 MHz, Fast channel (max speed) - 1.3 1.6
Differential
VDDA = VREF+ = 3 V, TA = Slow channel (max speed) - 1.4 1.6
25 °C
Continuous mode, sampling Single Fast channel (max speed) - 2.3 3.4
Integral rate: ended Slow channel (max speed) - 2.4 3.4
EL linearity Fast channels@4Msps
error Slow channels@2Msps Fast channel (max speed) - 2.1 3.2
Differential
Slow channel (max speed) - 2.2 3.2

Single Fast channel (max speed) 10.4 10.6 -

Effective ended Slow channel (max speed) 10.4 10.6 -
ENOB number of bits
bits Fast channel (max speed) 10.8 10.9 -
Differential
Slow channel (max speed) 10.8 10.9 -

Single Fast channel (max speed) 64.4 65.6 -

Signal-to-
ended Slow channel (max speed) 64.4 65.6 -
noise and
SINAD
distortion Fast channel (max speed) 66.8 67.5 -
ratio Differential
Slow channel (max speed) 66.8 67.5 -
Fast channel (max speed) 65 66.9 - dB
Single
ended Slow channel (max speed) 65 66.9 -
Signal-to-
SNR Fast channel (max speed) 67 69 -
noise ratio
Differential 69
Slow channel (max speed) 67 -

DS12960 Rev 5 123/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Table 62. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 1(1)(2)(3) (continued)

Symbol Parameter Conditions(4) Min Typ Max Unit

Single ADC operation ADC clock Single Fast channel (max speed) - -73 -72
frequency ≤ 60 MHz, ended Slow channel (max speed) - -73 -72
VDDA = VREF+ = 3 V, TA =
Total
25 °C Fast channel (max speed) - -73 -72
THD harmonic dB
Continuous mode, sampling
distortion
rate: Differential
Fast channels@4Msps Slow channel (max speed) - -73 -72
Slow channels@2Msps
1. Evaluated By Characterization – Not tested in production.
2. ADC DC accuracy values are measured after internal calibration.
3. ADC accuracy vs. negative Injection Current: Injecting negative current on any analog input pins should be avoided as this
significantly reduces the accuracy of the conversion being performed on another analog input. It is recommended to add a
Schottky diode (pin to ground) to analog pins which may potentially inject negative current.
4. The I/O analog switch voltage booster is enabled when VDDA < 2.4 V (BOOSTEN = 1 in the SYSCFG_CFGR1 when
VDDA < 2.4 V). It is disabled when VDDA ≥ 2.4 V. No oversampling.

124/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Table 63. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 2(1)(2)(3)

Sym-
Parameter Conditions(4) Min Typ Max Unit
bol

Single Fast channel (max speed) - 5.9 8.4

Total ended Slow channel (max speed) - 5.5 8
ET unadjusted
error Fast channel (max speed) - 4.6 6.6
Differential
Slow channel (max speed) - 4 6

Single Fast channel (max speed) - 2.5 6

ended Slow channel (max speed) - 1.9 6.9
EO Offset error
Fast channel (max speed) - 1.8 3.3
Differential
Slow channel (max speed) - 1.1 3.3

Single Fast channel (max speed) - 4.6 8.1

ended Slow channel (max speed) - 4.5 8.1
EG Gain error LSB
Fast channel (max speed) - 3.6 4.6
Differential
Slow channel (max speed) - 3.3 4.6

Single Fast channel (max speed) - 1.1 1.8

Differential ended Slow channel (max speed) - 1.3 1.8
ED linearity Single ADC operation
error ADC clock frequency Fast channel (max speed) - 1.3 1.6
Differential
≤ 60 MHz, 2 V ≤ VDDA Slow channel (max speed) - 1.4 1.6
Continuous mode, sampling
rate: Single Fast channel (max speed) - 2.3 4.4
Integral Fast channels@4Msps ended Slow channel (max speed) - 2.4 4.4
EL linearity Slow channels@2Msps
error Fast channel (max speed) - 2.1 4.1
Differential
Slow channel (max speed) - 2.2 3.7

Single Fast channel (max speed) 10 10.6 -

Effective ended Slow channel (max speed) 10 10.6 -
ENOB number of bits
bits Fast channel (max speed) 10.7 10.9 -
Differential
Slow channel (max speed) 10.7 10.9 -

Single Fast channel (max speed) 62 65.6 -

Signal-to-
ended Slow channel (max speed) 62 65.6 -
noise and
SINAD
distortion Fast channel (max speed) 65 67.5 -
ratio Differential
Slow channel (max speed) 65 67.5 -
dB
Single Fast channel (max speed) 64 66.9 -
ended Slow channel (max speed) 64 66.9 -
Signal-to-
SNR
noise ratio Fast channel (max speed) 66.5 69 -
Differential
Slow channel (max speed) 66.5 69 -

DS12960 Rev 5 125/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Table 63. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 2(1)(2)(3) (continued)

Sym-
Parameter Conditions(4) Min Typ Max Unit
bol

Single ADC operation Single Fast channel (max speed) - -73 -65
ADC clock frequency ended Slow channel (max speed) - -73 -67
Total ≤ 60 MHz, 2 V ≤ VDDA
THD harmonic Continuous mode, sampling Fast channel (max speed) - -73 -70 dB
distortion rate:
Differential
Fast channels@4Msps Slow channel (max speed) - -73 -71
Slow channels@2Msps
1. Evaluated by Characterization – Not tested in production.
2. ADC DC accuracy values are measured after internal calibration.
3. ADC accuracy vs. negative Injection Current: Injecting negative current on any analog input pins should be avoided as this
significantly reduces the accuracy of the conversion being performed on another analog input. It is recommended to add a
Schottky diode (pin to ground) to analog pins which may potentially inject negative current.
4. The I/O analog switch voltage booster is enabled when VDDA < 2.4 V (BOOSTEN = 1 in the SYSCFG_CFGR1 when
VDDA < 2.4 V). It is disabled when VDDA ≥ 2.4 V. No oversampling.

126/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Table 64. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 3(1)(2)(3)

Sym-
Parameter Conditions(4) Min Typ Max Unit
bol

Single Fast channel (max speed) - 5.9 7.9

Total ended Slow channel (max speed) - 5.5 7.5
ET unadjusted
error Fast channel (max speed) - 4.6 7.6
Differential
Slow channel (max speed) - 4 5.5

Single Fast channel (max speed) - 2.5 5.5

ended Slow channel (max speed) - 1.9 5.5
EO Offset error
Fast channel (max speed) - 1.8 3.5
Differential
Slow channel (max speed) - 1.1 3

Single Fast channel (max speed) - 4.6 7.1

ended Slow channel (max speed) - 4.5 7
EG Gain error LSB
Fast channel (max speed) - 3.6 4.1
Differential
Slow channel (max speed) - 3.3 4.8

Single Fast channel (max speed) - 1.1 1.9

Differential Single ADC operation ended Slow channel (max speed) - 1.3 1.9
ED linearity ADC clock frequency ≤
error 60 MHz, Fast channel (max speed) - 1.3 1.6
Differential
1.62 V ≤ VDDA = VREF+ Slow channel (max speed) - 1.4 1.6
≤ 3.6 V,
Continuous mode, Single Fast channel (max speed) - 2.3 4.4
Integral sampling rate: ended Slow channel (max speed) - 2.4 4.4
EL linearity Fast channels@4Msps
error Slow channels@2Msps Fast channel (max speed) - 2.1 3.7
Differential
Slow channel (max speed) - 2.2 3.7

Single Fast channel (max speed) 10 10.6 -

Effective ended Slow channel (max speed) 10 10.6 -
ENOB number of bits
bits Fast channel (max speed) 10.6 10.9 -
Differential
Slow channel (max speed) 10.6 10.9 -

Single Fast channel (max speed) 62 65.6 -

Signal-to-
ended Slow channel (max speed) 62 65.6 -
noise and
SINAD
distortion Fast channel (max speed) 65 67.5 -
ratio Differential
Slow channel (max speed) 65 67.5 -
dB
Single Fast channel (max speed) 63 66.9 -
ended Slow channel (max speed) 63 66.9 -
Signal-to-
SNR
noise ratio Fast channel (max speed) 66 69 -
Differential
Slow channel (max speed) 66 69 -

DS12960 Rev 5 127/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Table 64. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 3(1)(2)(3) (continued)

Sym-
Parameter Conditions(4) Min Typ Max Unit
bol

Single ADC operation Single Fast channel (max speed) - -73 -67
ADC clock frequency ≤ ended Slow channel (max speed) - -73 -67
60 MHz,
Total 1.62 V ≤ VDDA = VREF+ Fast channel (max speed) - -73 -71
THD harmonic ≤ 3.6 V, dB
distortion Continuous mode,
Differential
sampling rate: Slow channel (max speed) - -73 -71
Fast channels@4Msps
Slow channels@2Msps
1. Evaluated By Characterization – Not tested in production.
2. ADC DC accuracy values are measured after internal calibration.
3. ADC accuracy vs. negative Injection Current: Injecting negative current on any analog input pins should be avoided
as this significantly reduces the accuracy of the conversion being performed on another analog input. It is
recommended to add a Schottky diode (pin to ground) to analog pins which may potentially inject negative current.
4. The I/O analog switch voltage booster is enabled when VDDA < 2.4 V (BOOSTEN = 1 in the SYSCFG_CFGR1 when
VDDA < 2.4 V). It is disabled when VDDA ≥ 2.4 V. No oversampling.

128/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Table 65. ADC accuracy (Multiple ADCs operation) - limited test conditions 1(1)(2)(3)
Symbol Parameter Conditions(4) Min Typ Max Unit

Total unadjusted Single ended - 4.5 -

ET
error Differential - 4.1 -
Single ended - 1.3 -
EO Offset error
Differential - 0.4 -
Single ended - 3.9 -
EG Gain error LSB
Multiple ADC operation Differential - 3.4 -
ADC clock frequency: Single ended - 1.5 -
Differential
ED single ended ≤ 52 MHz,
linearity error Differential - 1.2 -
differential ≤ 56 MHz,
Integral linearity VDDA = VREF= 3.3 V, Single ended - 1.7 -
EL 25°C,
error Differential - 2.1 -
Continuous mode,
Effective sampling time: Single ended - 10.7 -
ENOB bits
number of bits Fast channels: 2.5 cycles Differential - 10.9 -
Slow channels: 6.5 cycles
Signal-to-noise LQFP100 package Single ended - 66.3 -
SINAD and distortion
ratio Differential - 67.2 -
dB
Signal-to-noise Single ended - 67.3 -
SNR
ratio Differential - 68.6 -

Total harmonic Single ended - -73.5 -

THD dB
distortion Differential - -73 -

1. Data based on characterization result, not tested in production.

2. ADC DC accuracy values are measured after internal calibration.
3. ADC accuracy vs. negative Injection Current: Injecting negative current on any analog input pins should be avoided
as this significantly reduces the accuracy of the conversion being performed on another analog input. It is
recommended to add a Schottky diode (pin to ground) to analog pins which may potentially inject negative current.
4. The I/O analog switch voltage booster is enabled when VDDA < 2.4 V (BOOSTEN = 1 in the SYSCFG_CFGR1 when
VDDA < 2.4 V). It is disabled when VDDA ≥ 2.4 V. No oversampling.

DS12960 Rev 5 129/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Table 66. ADC accuracy (Multiple ADCs operation) - limited test conditions 2(1)(2)(3)
Symbol Parameter Conditions(4) Min Typ Max Unit

Total unadjusted Single ended - 7.1 -

ET
error Differential - 4.6 -
Single ended - 4.2 -
EO Offset error
Differential - 2.8 -
Single ended - 6.8 -
EG Gain error LSB
Multiple ADC operation Differential - 4.3 -
ADC clock frequency: Single ended - 1.5 -
Differential
ED single ended ≤ 52 MHz,
linearity error Differential - 1.7 -
differential ≤ 56 MHz,
Integral linearity VDDA ≥ 2.7 V, VREF≥ 1.62 V, Single ended - 3.1 -
EL -40 to 125°C,
error Differential - 2.4 -
Continuous mode,
Effective sampling time: Single ended - 10.2 -
ENOB bits
number of bits Fast channels: 2.5 cycles Differential - 10.6 -
Slow channels: 6.5 cycles
Signal-to-noise LQFP100 package Single ended - 62.9 -
SINAD and distortion
ratio Differential - 65.3 -
dB
Signal-to-noise Single ended - 63.6 -
SNR
ratio Differential - 66.3 -

Total harmonic Single ended - -70.9 -

THD dB
distortion Differential - -71.8 -

1. Data based on characterization result, not tested in production.

2. ADC DC accuracy values are measured after internal calibration.
3. ADC accuracy vs. negative Injection Current: Injecting negative current on any analog input pins should be avoided
as this significantly reduces the accuracy of the conversion being performed on another analog input. It is
recommended to add a Schottky diode (pin to ground) to analog pins which may potentially inject negative current.
4. The I/O analog switch voltage booster is enabled when VDDA < 2.4 V (BOOSTEN = 1 in the SYSCFG_CFGR1 when
VDDA < 2.4 V). It is disabled when VDDA ≥ 2.4 V. No oversampling.

130/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Table 67. ADC accuracy (Multiple ADCs operation) - limited test conditions 3(1)(2)(3)
Symbol Parameter Conditions(4) Min Typ Max Unit

Total unadjusted Single ended - 7.4 -

ET
error Differential - 4.6 -
Single ended - 4 -
EO Offset error
Differential - 2.8 -
Single ended - 7.2 -
EG Gain error LSB
Multiple ADC operation Differential - 4.3 -
ADC clock frequency: Single ended - 1.8 -
Differential
ED single ended ≤ 42 MHz,
linearity error Differential - 1.7 -
differential ≤ 56 MHz,
Integral linearity VDDA= VREF≥ 1.62 V, Single ended - 3.1 -
EL -40 to 125°C,
error Differential - 2.4 -
Continuous mode,
Effective sampling time: Single ended - 10.1 -
ENOB bits
number of bits Fast channels: 2.5 cycles Differential - 10.6 -
Slow channels: 6.5 cycles
Signal-to-noise LQFP100 package Single ended - 62.6 -
SINAD and distortion
ratio Differential - 65.3 -
dB
Signal-to-noise Single ended - 63.2 -
SNR
ratio Differential - 66.3 -

Total harmonic Single ended - -70.6 -

THD dB
distortion Differential - -71.8 -

1. Data based on characterization result, not tested in production.

2. ADC DC accuracy values are measured after internal calibration.
3. ADC accuracy vs. negative Injection Current: Injecting negative current on any analog input pins should be avoided
as this significantly reduces the accuracy of the conversion being performed on another analog input. It is
recommended to add a Schottky diode (pin to ground) to analog pins which may potentially inject negative current.
4. The I/O analog switch voltage booster is enabled when VDDA < 2.4 V (BOOSTEN = 1 in the SYSCFG_CFGR1 when
VDDA < 2.4 V). It is disabled when VDDA ≥ 2.4 V. No oversampling.

DS12960 Rev 5 131/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Figure 28. ADC accuracy characteristics

VREF+ VDDA
[1LSB = (or )]
Output code 2n 2n
EG
(1) Example of an actual transfer curve
2n-1 (2) Ideal transfer curve
2n-2 (3) End-point correlation line
2n-3 (2)
n = ADC resolution
ET = total unadjusted error: maximum deviation
(3) between the actual and ideal transfer curves
ET
7 (1) EO = offset error: maximum deviation between the first
actual transition and the first ideal one
6
EL EG = gain error: deviation between the last ideal
5 EO
transition and the last actual one
4 ED = differential linearity error: maximum deviation
ED between actual steps and the ideal one
3
2 EL = integral linearity error: maximum deviation between
1 any actual transition and the end point correlation line
1 LSB ideal
0 VREF+ (VDDA)
(1/2n)*VREF+
(2/2n)*VREF+
(3/2n)*VREF+
(4/2n)*VREF+
(5/2n)*VREF+
(6/2n)*VREF+
(7/2n)*VREF+

(2n-3/2n)*VREF+
(2n-2/2n)*VREF+
(2n-1/2n)*VREF+
(2n/2n)*VREF+
VSSA

MSv19880V6

Figure 29. Typical connection diagram when using the ADC with FT/TT pins
featuring analog switch function

VDDA(4) VREF+(4)

I/O Sample-and-hold ADC converter

analog
RAIN(1) switch RADC
Converter

Cparasitic(2) Ilkg(3) CADC

VAIN Sampling
switch with
multiplexing

VSS VSS VSSA

MSv67871V3

1. Refer to Table 60: ADC characteristics for the values of RAIN and CADC.
2. Cparasitic represents the capacitance of the PCB (dependent on soldering and PCB layout quality) plus the
pad capacitance (refer to Table 53: I/O static characteristics for the value of the pad capacitance). A high
Cparasitic value downgrades conversion accuracy. To remedy this, fADC should be reduced.
3. Refer to Table 53: I/O static characteristics for the values of Ilkg.
4. Refer to Figure 16: Power supply scheme.

General PCB design guidelines

Power supply decoupling must be performed as shown in Figure 16: Power supply scheme.
The decoupling capacitor on VDDA must be ceramic (good quality) and it must be placed as
close as possible to the chip.

132/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

5.3.19 Digital-to-Analog converter characteristics

Table 68. DAC 1MSPS characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

DAC output buffer OFF, DAC_OUT

pin not connected (internal 1.71 -
Analog supply voltage for
VDDA connection only) 3.6
DAC ON
Other modes 1.80 -

DAC output buffer OFF, DAC_OUT V

pin not connected (internal 1.71 -
VREF+ Positive reference voltage connection only) VDDA

Other modes 1.80 -

VREF- Negative reference voltage - VSSA

DAC output connected to VSSA 5 - -

RL Resistive load kΩ
buffer ON connected to VDDA 25 - -
RO Output Impedance DAC output buffer OFF 9.6 11.7 13.8 kΩ
Output impedance sample VDD = 2.7 V - - 2
RBON and hold mode, output kΩ
buffer ON VDD = 2.0 V - - 3.5

Output impedance sample VDD = 2.7 V - - 16.5

RBOFF and hold mode, output kΩ
buffer OFF VDD = 2.0 V - - 18.0

CL DAC output buffer ON - - 50 pF

Capacitive load
CSH Sample and hold mode - 0.1 1 µF
VREF+
Voltage on DAC_OUT DAC output buffer ON 0.2 -
VDAC_OUT – 0.2 V
output
DAC output buffer OFF 0 - VREF+
±0.5 LSB - 1.7 3
Normal mode
Settling time (full scale: for DAC output ±1 LSB - 1.6 2.9
a 12-bit code transition buffer ON ±2 LSB - 1.55 2.85
between the lowest and the CL ≤ 50 pF,
tSETTLING ±4 LSB - 1.48 2.8 µs
highest input codes when RL ≥ 5 kΩ
DAC_OUT reaches final ±8 LSB - 1.4 2.75
value)
Normal mode DAC output buffer
- 2 2.5
OFF, ±1LSB, CL = 10 pF

Wakeup time from off state Normal mode DAC output buffer ON
- 4.2 7.5
(setting the ENx bit in the CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 kΩ
tWAKEUP(2) µs
DAC Control register) until Normal mode DAC output buffer
final value ±1 LSB - 2 5
OFF, CL ≤ 10 pF
Normal mode DAC output buffer ON
PSRR VDDA supply rejection ratio - -80 -28 dB
CL ≤ 50 pF, RL = 5 kΩ, DC

DS12960 Rev 5 133/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Table 68. DAC 1MSPS characteristics(1) (continued)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

Minimal time between two

consecutive writes into the
DAC_DORx register to
guarantee a correct
DAC_OUT for a small
TW_to_W variation of the input code - - µs
(1 LSB)
DAC_MCR:MODEx[2:0] =
000 or 001 CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 kΩ 1
DAC_MCR:MODEx[2:0] =
010 or 011 CL ≤ 10 pF 1.4
DAC output buffer
- 0.7 3.5
DAC_OUT ON, CSH = 100 nF
Sampling time in sample ms
pin connected DAC output buffer
and hold mode (code - 10.5 18
OFF, CSH = 100 nF
transition between the
tSAMP lowest input code and the DAC_OUT
highest input code when pin not
DACOUT reaches final connected DAC output buffer
- 2 3.5 µs
value ±1LSB) (internal OFF
connection
only)
Sample and hold mode,
Ileak Output leakage current - - -(3) nA
DAC_OUT pin connected
Internal sample and hold
CIint - 5.2 7 8.8 pF
capacitor
tTRIM Middle code offset trim time DAC output buffer ON 50 - - µs

Middle code offset for 1 trim VREF+ = 3.6 V - 1500 -

Voffset µV
code step VREF+ = 1.8 V - 750 -
No load, middle
- 315 500
DAC output code (0x800)
buffer ON No load, worst code
- 450 670
(0xF1C)
DAC consumption from DAC output No load, middle
IDDA(DAC) - - 0.2 µA
VDDA buffer OFF code (0x800)
315 ₓ 670 ₓ
Sample and hold mode, CSH = Ton/(Ton Ton/(Ton
-
100 nF +Toff) +Toff)
(4) (4)

134/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Table 68. DAC 1MSPS characteristics(1) (continued)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

No load, middle
- 185 240
DAC output code (0x800)
buffer ON No load, worst code
- 340 400
(0xF1C)
DAC output No load, middle
- 155 205
buffer OFF code (0x800)
DAC consumption from
IDDV(DAC) 185 ₓ 400 ₓ µA
VREF+
Sample and hold mode, buffer ON, Ton/(Ton Ton/(Ton
-
CSH = 100 nF, worst case +Toff) +Toff)
(4) (4)

155 ₓ 205 ₓ
Sample and hold mode, buffer OFF, Ton/(Ton Ton/(Ton
-
CSH = 100 nF, worst case +Toff) +Toff)
(4) (4)

1. Guaranteed by design.
2. In buffered mode, the output can overshoot above the final value for low input code (starting from min value).
3. Refer to Table 53: I/O static characteristics.
4. Ton is the Refresh phase duration. Toff is the Hold phase duration. Refer to the reference manual RM0440 "STM32G4
Series advanced Arm®-based 32-bit MCUs" for more details.

Figure 30. 12-bit buffered / non-buffered DAC

Buffered/non-buffered DAC

(1)
Buffer

RLOAD
12-bit
DACx_OUT
digital to
analog
converter
CLOAD

ai17157d

1. The DAC integrates an output buffer to reduce the output impedance and to drive external loads directly
without the use of an external operational amplifier. The buffer can be bypassed by configuring the BOFFx
bit in the DAC_CR register.

DS12960 Rev 5 135/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Table 69. DAC 1MSPS accuracy(1)

.

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

Differential non DAC output buffer ON - - ±2

DNL
linearity (2) DAC output buffer OFF - - ±2
- monotonicity 10 bits Guaranteed
DAC output buffer ON
- - ±4
Integral non CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 kΩ
INL
linearity(3) DAC output buffer OFF
- - ±4
CL ≤ 50 pF, no RL

VREF+ = 3.6 V - - ±12

DAC output buffer ON
CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 kΩ LSB
Offset error at
Offset VREF+ = 1.8 V - - ±25
code 0x800(3)
DAC output buffer OFF
- - ±8
CL ≤ 50 pF, no RL
Offset error at DAC output buffer OFF
Offset1 - - ±5
code 0x001(4) CL ≤ 50 pF, no RL

Offset Error at VREF+ = 3.6 V - - ±5

DAC output buffer ON
OffsetCal code 0x800
CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 kΩ
after calibration VREF+ = 1.8 V - - ±7

DAC output buffer ON

- - ±0.5
CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 kΩ
(5)
Gain Gain error %
DAC output buffer OFF
- - ±0.5
CL ≤ 50 pF, no RL
DAC output buffer ON
Total - - ±30
CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 kΩ
TUE unadjusted LSB
error DAC output buffer OFF
- - ±12
CL ≤ 50 pF, no RL
Total
unadjusted DAC output buffer ON
TUECal - - ±23 LSB
error after CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 kΩ
calibration
DAC output buffer ON
CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 kΩ - 71.2 -
Signal-to-noise 1 kHz, BW 500 kHz
SNR dB
ratio DAC output buffer OFF
CL ≤ 50 pF, no RL, 1 kHz - 71.6 -
BW 500 kHz
DAC output buffer ON
- -78 -
Total harmonic CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 kΩ, 1 kHz
THD dB
distortion DAC output buffer OFF
- -79 -
CL ≤ 50 pF, no RL, 1 kHz

136/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Table 69. DAC 1MSPS accuracy(1) (continued)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

DAC output buffer ON

Signal-to-noise - 70.4 -
CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 kΩ, 1 kHz
SINAD and distortion dB
ratio DAC output buffer OFF
- 71 -
CL ≤ 50 pF, no RL, 1 kHz
DAC output buffer ON
- 11.4 -
Effective CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 kΩ, 1 kHz
ENOB bits
number of bits DAC output buffer OFF
- 11.5 -
CL ≤ 50 pF, no RL, 1 kHz
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. Difference between two consecutive codes - 1 LSB.
3. Difference between measured value at Code i and the value at Code i on a line drawn between Code 0 and last Code 4095.
4. Difference between the value measured at Code (0x001) and the ideal value.
5. Difference between ideal slope of the transfer function and measured slope computed from code 0x000 and 0xFFF when
buffer is OFF, and from code giving 0.2 V and (VREF+ – 0.2) V when buffer is ON.

Table 70. DAC 15MSPS characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

Analog supply voltage for

VDDA - 1.71 - 3.6
DAC ON
VREF+ Positive reference voltage - 1.71 - VDDA V

VREF- Negative reference voltage - VSSA

Voltage on DAC_OUT
VDAC_OUT - 0 - VREF+ V
output
10%-90% - 16 22
5%-95% - 21 29
VDDA>2,7V
With One comparator 1%-99% - 33 46
Settling time (full scale: for on DAC output
32lsb - 40 53
a 12-bit code transition
between the lowest and the 1lsb - 64 87
tSETTLING ns
highest input codes when 10%-90% - 24 32
DAC_OUT reaches final
value) VDDA>2,7V 5%-95% - 32 43
With One comparator 1%-99% - 49 67
and OPAMP on DAC
output 32lsb - 57 75
1lsb - 93 125

DS12960 Rev 5 137/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Table 70. DAC 15MSPS characteristics(1) (continued)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

10%-90% - 16 88
5%-95% - 21 116
VDDA<2,7V
With One comparator 1%-99% - 33 181
Settling time (full scale: for on DAC output
32lsb - 40 196
a 12-bit code transition
between the lowest and the 1lsb - 64 332
tSETTLING ns
highest input codes when 10%-90% - 24 128
DAC_OUT reaches final
value) VDDA<2,7V 5%-95% - 32 170
With One comparator 1%-99% - 49 265
and OPAMP on DAC
output 32lsb - 57 284
1lsb - 93 483
Wakeup time from off state
(setting the ENx bit in the
tWAKEUP(2) Normal mode CL ≤ 10 pF - 1.4 3.5 µs
DAC Control register) until
final value ±1 LSB
VDD > 2.7 V 65 85 -
PSRR VDDA supply rejection ratio dB
VDD <2.7 V 40 85 -
Sampling time in sample
and hold mode (code
transition between the
tSAMP lowest input code and the - - 0.7 - µs
highest input code when
DACOUT reaches final
value ±1LSB)
Internal sample and hold
CIint - - 4 5 pF
capacitor
Voltage decay rate in
dV/dt (hold CSH = 4 pF
Sample and hold mode, - 50 - mV/ms
phase) T = 55°C
during hold phase
DAC consumption from
IDDA(DAC) No load, middle code (0x800) - - 0.2
VDDA
µA
DAC consumption from
IDDV(DAC) No load, middle code (0x800)(3) - 720 955
VREF+
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. In buffered mode, the output can overshoot above the final value for low input code (starting from min value).
3. Worst case consumption is at code 0x800.

138/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Table 71. DAC 15MSPS accuracy(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

DNL Differential non linearity (2) - -2 - 2

(3)
INL Integral non linearity CL ≤ 50 pF, no RL -5 - 5
TUE Total unadjusted error CL ≤ 50 pF, no RL -5 - 5 LSB

Spike amplitude on DAC voltage when

DCS Dynamic code spike - 0 4
DAC output value is decreasing
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. Difference between two consecutive codes - 1 LSB.
3. Difference between measured value at code i and the value at code i on a line drawn between code 0 and last code 4095.
Offset error is included.

DS12960 Rev 5 139/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

5.3.20 Voltage reference buffer characteristics

Table 72. VREFBUF characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

VRS = 00 2.4 - 3.6

Normal mode VRS = 01 2.8 - 3.6

Analog supply VRS = 10 3.135 - 3.6

VDDA
voltage VRS= 00 1.65 - 2.4
Degraded mode(2) VRS = 01 1.65 - 2.8
VRS= 10 1.65 - 3.135
V
VRS= 00 2.044 2.048 2.052
Normal mode VRS= 01 2.496 2.5 2.504

VREFBUF_ Voltage reference VRS = 10 2.896 2.9 2.904

OUT output VRS= 00 VDDA -250 mV - VDDA
Degraded mode(2) VRS = 01 VDDA -250 mV - VDDA
VRS = 10 VDDA -250 mV - VDDA
Voltage reference See
VREFOUT_ output spread over Figure 31,
VDDA = 3V - - mV
TEMP the temperature Figure 32,
range Figure 33
Trim step
TRIM - - ±0.05 ±0.1 %
resolution
CL Load capacitor - 0.5 1 1.5 µF
Equivalent Serial
esr - - - 2 Ω
Resistor of Cload
Iload Static load current - - - 6.5 mA
Iline_reg(3) Line regulation - - 1000 2000 ppm/V
500 μA ≤ Normal ppm/m
Iload_reg Load regulation - 50 500
Iload ≤4 mA mode A
-40 °C < TJ < +125 °C - - Tcoeff_vr
Temperature
TCoeff efint + ppm/ °C
coefficient 0 °C < TJ < +50 °C - - 50(4)

Power supply DC 40 55 -
PSRR dB
rejection 100 kHz 25 40 -
CL = 0.5 µF(5) - 300 350
tSTART Start-up time CL = 1.1 µF(5) - 500 650 µs
CL = 1.5 µF(5) - 650 800

140/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Table 72. VREFBUF characteristics(1) (continued)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

Control of
maximum DC
current drive on
IINRUSH - - 8 - mA
VREFBUF_
OUT during start-
up phase (6)
Iload = 0 µA - 16 25
VREFBUF Iload = 500 µA - 18 30
IDDA(VREF
consumption from µA
BUF) Iload = 4 mA - 35 50
VDDA
Iload = 6.5 mA - 45 80
1. Guaranteed by design, unless otherwise specified.
2. In degraded mode, the voltage reference buffer can not maintain accurately the output voltage which follows (VDDA - drop
voltage).
3. Line regulation is given for overall supply variation, in normal mode.
4. Tcoeff_vrefint refer to Tcoeff parameter in the embedded voltage reference section.
5. The capacitive load must include a 100 nF low ESR capacitor in order to cut-off the high frequency noise.
6. To correctly control the VREFBUF inrush current during start-up phase and scaling change, the VDDA voltage should be in
the range [2.4 V to 3.6 V], [2.8 V to 3.6 V] and [3.135 V to 3.6 V] respectively for VRS=0,1 and 2.

Figure 31. VREFOUT_TEMP in case VRS = 00

2.06

2.055

2.05

2.045

2.04

2.035

2.03

2.025
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 °C

Mean Min Max

MSv62522V1

DS12960 Rev 5 141/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Figure 32. VREFOUT_TEMP in case VRS = 01

2.51

2.505

2.5

2.495

2.49

2.485

2.48

2.475
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 °C

Mean Min Max

MSv62523V1

Figure 33. VREFOUT_TEMP in case VRS = 10

V

2.91

2.905

2.9

2.895

2.89

2.885

2.88

2.875

2.87
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 °C

Mean Min Max

MSv62524V1

142/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

5.3.21 Comparator characteristics

Table 73. COMP characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

VDDA Analog supply voltage - 1.62 - 3.6

Comparator input voltage
VIN - 0 - VDDA V
range
VBG(2) Scaler input voltage - VREFINT
VSC(3) Scaler offset voltage - - ±5 ±10 mV

Scaler static consumption from BRG_EN=0 (bridge disable) - 200 300 nA

IDDA(SCALER)
VDDA BRG_EN=1 (bridge enable) - 0.8 1 µA
tSTART_SCALER Scaler startup time - - 100 200 µs
Comparator startup time to
tSTART reach propagation delay - - - 5 µs
specification

Propagation delay for 200 mV 50pF load on VDDA < 2.7 V - - 35 ns

tD(4)
step with 100 mV overdrive output VDDA ≥2.7 V - 16.7 31 ns
Full VDDA voltage range, full
Voffset(3) Comparator offset error -9 -6/+2 3 mV
temperature range
HYST[2:0] = 0 - 0 -
HYST[2:0] =1 4 9 16
HYST[2:0] = 2 7 18 32
HYST[2:0] = 3 11 27 47
Vhys Comparator hysteresis mV
HYST[2:0] = 4 15 36 63
HYST[2:0] = 5 19 45 79
HYST[2:0] = 6 23 54 95
HYST[2:0] = 7 26 63 110
Static - 450 720
Comparator consumption from
IDDA(COMP) With 50 kHz ±100 mV overdrive µA
VDDA - 450 -
square signal
1. Guaranteed by design, unless otherwise specified.
2. Refer to Table 20: Embedded internal voltage reference.
3. Guaranteed by characterization results.
4. Typical value (3V) is an average for all comparators propagation delay.

DS12960 Rev 5 143/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

5.3.22 Operational amplifiers characteristics

Table 74. OPAMP characteristics(1) (2)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

VDDA Analog supply voltage - 2 3.3 3.6 V

Common mode input
CMIR - 0 - VDDA V
range
25 °C, No Load on output. - - ±1.5
VIOFFSET Input offset voltage mV
All voltage/temperature. - - ±3
Input offset voltage
∆VIOFFSET - - ±10 - μV/°C
drift
Offset trim step at low
TRIMOFFSE
common input voltage - - 1.1 1.2
TP
(0.1 ₓ VDDA)
mV
Offset trim step at high
TRIMOFFSE
common input voltage - - 1.3 1.65
TN
(0.9 ₓ VDDA)
ILOAD Drive current - - - 500
Drive current in PGA µA
ILOAD_PGA - - - 270
mode
CLOAD Capacitive load - - - 50 pF
Common mode
CMRR - - 60 - dB
rejection ratio
Power supply rejection CLOAD ≤ 50 pf,
PSRR - 80 - dB
ratio RLOAD ≥ 4 kΩ DC Vcom=VDDA/2
Gain Bandwidth 100mV ≤ Output dynamic range ≤ VDDA -
GBW 7 13 - MHz
Product 100mV
Slew rate Normal mode 2.5 6.5 -
SR(3) (from 10 and 90% of V/µs
output voltage) High-speed mode 18 45 -

100mV ≤ Output dynamic range ≤ VDDA -

65 95 -
100mV
AO Open loop gain dB
200mV ≤ Output dynamic range ≤ VDDA -
75 95 -
200mV
High saturation Iload = max or Rload = min Input at VDDA. VDDA
VOHSAT(3) - -
voltage Follower mode - 100
mV
I = max or Rload = min Input at 0.
VOLSAT(3) Low saturation voltage load - - 100
Follower mode
φm Phase margin Follower mode, Vcom=VDDA/2 - 65 - °
GM Gain margin Follower mode, Vcom=VDDA/2 - 10 - dB

144/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Table 74. OPAMP characteristics(1) (2) (continued)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

CLOAD ≤ 50 pf,
RLOAD ≥ 4 kΩ
Normal mode - 3 6
follower
configuration
Wake up time from
tWAKEUP CLOAD ≤ 50 pf, µs
OFF state.
RLOAD ≥
High-speed mode 20 kΩ - 3 6
follower
configuration
OPAMP input bias
Ibias See lleak parameter in Table 53: I/O static characteristics for given pin.
current
PGA Gain = 2 0.1 ≤ Out VDDA < 2.2 -2 - 2
dynamic range ≤ VDDA -
0.1 VDDA ≥ 2.2 -1 - 1

PGA Gain=4, 100mV ≤ Output dynamic

-1 - 1
range ≤ VDDA - 100mV
PGA Gain=8 100mV ≤ Output dynamic
Non inverting gain -1 - 1
range ≤ VDDA - 100mV %
value(4)
PGA Gain=16, 100mV ≤ Output dynamic
-1 - 1
range ≤ VDDA - 100mV
PGA Gain=32 200mV ≤ Output ≤ VDDA -
-2 - 2
200mV
PGA Gain=64 200mV ≤ Output dynamic
-2 - 2
range ≤ VDDA - 200mV
PGA gain
PGA Gain = -1 VDDA < 2.2 -2 - 2
100mV ≤ Output dynamic
range ≤ VDDA - 100mV VDDA ≥ 2.2 -1 - 1

PGA Gain=-3, 100mV ≤ Output dynamic

-1 - 1
range ≤ VDDA - 100mV
PGA Gain=-7 100mV ≤ Output dynamic
-1 - 1
Inverting gain value range ≤ VDDA - 100mV %
PGA Gain=-15, 100mV ≤ Output dynamic
-1 - 1
range ≤ VDDA - 100mV
PGA Gain=-31 200mV ≤ Output ≤ VDDA -
-2 - 2
200mV
PGA Gain=-63 200mV ≤ Output dynamic
-5 - 2
range ≤ VDDA - 200mV

DS12960 Rev 5 145/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Table 74. OPAMP characteristics(1) (2) (continued)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

PGA Gain = 2 - 10/10 -

PGA Gain = 4 - 30/10 -
R2/R1 internal
resistance values in PGA Gain = 8 - 70/10 -
non-inverting PGA PGA Gain = 16 - 150/10 -
mode(5)
PGA Gain = 32 - 310/10 -
PGA Gain = 64 - 630/10 - kΩ/k
Rnetwork
PGA Gain = -1 - 10/10 - Ω

PGA Gain = -3 - 30/10 -

R2/R1 internal PGA Gain = -7 - 70/10 -
resistance values in
inverting PGA mode(5) PGA Gain = -15 - 150/10 -
PGA Gain = -31 - 310/10 -
PGA Gain = -63 - 630/10 -
Resistance variation
Delta R - -15 - +15 %
(R1 or R2)
Gain = 2 - GBW/2 -
Gain = 4 - GBW/4 -
PGA bandwidth for Gain = 8 - GBW/8 -
different non inverting MHz
gain Gain = 16 - GBW/16 -
Gain = 32 - GBW/32 -
Gain = 64 - GBW/64 -
PGA BW
Gain = -1 - GBW/2 -
Gain = -3 - GBW/4 -

PGA bandwidth for Gain = -7 - GBW/8 -

MHz
different inverting gain Gain = -15 - GBW/16 -
Gain = -31 - GBW/32 -
Gain = -63 - GBW/64 -
at 1 kHz, Output loaded with 4 kΩ - 250 - nV/√
eN Voltage noise density
at 10 kHz, Output loaded with 4 kΩ - 90 - Hz

OPAMP consumption Normal mode No load, - 1.3 2.2

IDDA(OPAMP) mA
from VDDA High-speed mode follower mode - 1.4 2.6
ADC sampling time VDDA < 2V 300 - -
TS_OPAMP_VO when reading the
ns
UT OPAMP output. VDDA ≥ 2V 200 - -
OPAINTOEN=1
OPAMP consumption Normal mode - 0.45 0.7
IDDA(OPAMPI no load,
from VDDA. mA
NT) High-speed mode follower mode - 0.5 0.8
OPAINTOEN=1

146/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

1. Guaranteed by design, unless otherwise specified.

2. Data guaranteed on normal and high speed mode unless otherwise specified.
3. Guaranteed by characterization results.
4. Valid also for inverting gain configuration with external bias.
5. R2 is the internal resistance between OPAMP output and OPAMP inverting input. R1 is the internal resistance between
OPAMP inverting input and ground. The PGA gain =1+R2/R1

Figure 34. OPAMP noise density @ 25°C

MSv62525V1

DS12960 Rev 5 147/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

5.3.23 Temperature sensor characteristics

Table 75. TS characteristics

Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit

TL(1) VTS linearity with temperature - ±1 ±2 °C

(1)
Avg_Slope Average slope 2.3 2.5 2.7 mV/°C
V30 Voltage at 30°C (±5 °C)(2) 0.742 0.76 0.785 V

tSTART-RUN(1) Start-up time in Run mode (start-up of buffer) - 8 15 µs

Start-up time when entering in continuous

tSTART_CONT(3) - 70 120 µs
mode
ADC sampling time when reading the
tS_temp(1) 5 - - µs
temperature
Temperature sensor consumption from VDD,
IDD(TS)(1) - 4.7 7 µA
when selected by ADC
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. Measured at VDDA = 3.0 V ±10 mV. The V30 ADC conversion result is stored in the TS_CAL1 byte. Refer
to Table 5: Temperature sensor calibration values.
3. Continuous mode means RUN mode or Temperature Sensor ON.

5.3.24 VBAT monitoring characteristics

Table 76. VBAT monitoring characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit

R Resistor bridge for VBAT - 3x39 - kΩ

Q Ratio on VBAT measurement - 3 - -
Er(2) Error on Q -10 - 10 %
tS_vbat(2) ADC sampling time when reading the VBAT 12 - - µs
1. 1.55 V < VBAT < 3.6 V.
2. Guaranteed by design.

Table 77. VBAT charging characteristics

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

Battery VBRS = 0 - 5 -
RBC charging kΩ
VBRS = 1 - 1.5 -
resistor

148/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

5.3.25 Timer characteristics

The parameters given in the following tables are guaranteed by design.
Refer to Section 5.3.14: I/O port characteristics for details on the input/output alternate
function characteristics (output compare, input capture, external clock, PWM output).

Table 78. TIMx(1) characteristics(2)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit

- 1 - tTIMxCLK
tres(TIM) Timer resolution time
fTIMxCLK = 170 MHz 5.88 - ns
Timer external clock - 0 fTIMxCLK/2 MHz
fEXT frequency on CH1 to
CH4 fTIMxCLK = 170 MHz 0 85 MHz

TIMx (except TIM2) - 16

ResTIM Timer resolution bit
TIM2 - 32

16-bit counter clock - 1 65536 tTIMxCLK

tCOUNTER
period fTIMxCLK = 170 MHz 0.00588 385.5 µs
Maximum possible - - 65536 × 65536 tTIMxCLK
tMAX_COUNT count with 32-bit
counter fTIMxCLK = 170 MHz - 25.26 s

Encoder frequency on - 0 fTIMxCLK/4 MHz

fENC
TI1 and TI2 input pins f
TIMxCLK = 170MHz 0 42.5 MHz
Index pulsewidth on
tW(INDEX) - 2 - Tck
ETR input
Min pulsewidth
on TI1 and TI2 inputs
in all encoder modes - 2 - Tck
except directional
tW(TI1, TI2) clock x1
Min pulsewidth
on TI1 and TI2 inputs - 3 - Tck
in directional clock x1
1. TIMx, is used as a general term in which x stands for 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,15,16, or 17.
2. Guaranteed by design.

DS12960 Rev 5 149/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Table 79. IWDG min/max timeout period at 32 kHz (LSI)(1)(2)

Min timeout RL[11:0]= Max timeout RL[11:0]=
Prescaler divider PR[2:0] bits Unit
0x000 0xFFF

/4 0 0.125 512
/8 1 0.250 1024
/16 2 0.500 2048
/32 3 1.0 4096 ms
/64 4 2.0 8192
/128 5 4.0 16384
/256 6 or 7 8.0 32768
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. The exact timings still depend on the phasing of the APB interface clock versus the LSI clock so that there
is always a full RC period of uncertainty.

Table 80. WWDG min/max timeout value at 170 MHz (PCLK)(1)

Prescaler WDGTB Min timeout value Max timeout value Unit

1 0 0.0241 1.542
2 1 0.0482 3.084
ms
4 2 0.0964 6.168
8 3 0.1928 12.336
1. Guaranteed by design.

5.3.26 Communication interfaces characteristics

I2C interface characteristics
The I2C interface meets the timings requirements of the I2C-bus specification and user
manual rev. 03 for:
• Standard-mode (Sm): with a bit rate up to 100 kbit/s
• Fast-mode (Fm): with a bit rate up to 400 kbit/s
• Fast-mode Plus (Fm+): with a bit rate up to 1 Mbit/s.
The I2C timings requirements are guaranteed by design when the I2C peripheral is properly
configured (refer to reference manual RM0440 "STM32G4 Series advanced Arm®-based
32-bit MCUs") and when the I2CCLK frequency is greater than the minimum shown in the
table below.

150/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Table 81. Minimum I2CCLK frequency in all I2C modes

Symbol Parameter Condition Min Unit

Standard mode 2
Analog Filtre ON
8
DNF=0
Fast-mode
Analog Filtre OFF
I2CCLK 9
f(I2CCLK) DNF=1 MHz
frequency
Analog Filtre ON
17
Fast-mode DNF=0
Plus Analog Filtre OFF
16
DNF=1

The SDA and SCL I/O requirements are met with the following restrictions:
• The SDA and SCL I/O pins are not “true” open-drain. When configured as open-drain,
the PMOS connected between the I/O pin and VDDIOx is disabled, but is still present.
• The 20mA output drive requirement in Fast-mode Plus is supported partially. This limits
the maximum load Cload supported in Fm+, which is given by these formulas:
– tr(SDA/SCL)=0.8473 x Rp x Cload
– Rp(min)= (VDD - VOL(max)) / IOL(max)
Where Rp is the I2C lines pull-up. Refer to Section 5.3.14: I/O port characteristics for the
I2C I/Os characteristics.
All I2C SDA and SCL I/Os embed an analog filter. Refer to Table 82 below for the analog
filter characteristics:

Table 82. I2C analog filter characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit

Maximum pulse width of spikes that

tAF 50(2) 90(3) ns
are suppressed by the analog filter
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. Spikes with widths below tAF(min) are filtered.
3. Spikes with widths above tAF(max) are not filtered

SPI characteristics
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 83 for SPI are derived from tests
performed under the ambient temperature, fPCLKx frequency and supply voltage conditions
summarized in Table 17: General operating conditions.
• Output speed is set to OSPEEDRy[1:0] = 11
• Capacitive load C = 30 pF
• Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.5 x VDD
Refer to Section 5.3.14: I/O port characteristics for more details on the input/output alternate
function characteristics (NSS, SCK, MOSI, MISO for SPI).

DS12960 Rev 5 151/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Table 83. SPI characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max(2) Unit

Master mode
2.7 V < VDD < 3.6 V 75
Voltage Range V1
Master mode
1.71 V < VDD < 3.6 V 50
Voltage Range V1
Master transmitter mode
1.71 V < VDD < 3.6 V 50
Voltage Range V1
Slave receiver mode
fSCK
SPI clock frequency 1.71 V < VDD < 3.6 V - - 50 MHz
1/tc(SCK)
Voltage Range V1
Slave mode transmitter/full duplex
2.7 V < VDD < 3.6 V 41
Voltage Range V1
Slave mode transmitter/full duplex
1.71 V < VDD < 3.6 V 27
Voltage Range V1

1.71 V < VDD < 3.6 V

13
Voltage Range V2

tsu(NSS) NSS setup time Slave mode 4*Tpclk - - -

th(NSS) NSS hold time Slave mode 2*Tpclk - - -
tw(SCKH)
SCK high and low time Master mode, SPI prescaler = 2 Tpclk-1 Tpclk Tpclk+1 ns
tw(SCKL)
tsu(MI) Master mode 4 - -
Data input setup time ns
tsu(SI) Slave mode 3 - -
th(MI) Master mode 4 - -
Data input hold time ns
th(SI) Slave mode 1 - -
ta(SO) Data output access time Slave mode 9 - 34 ns
tdis(SO) Data output disable time Slave mode 9 - 16 ns

152/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Table 83. SPI characteristics(1) (continued)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max(2) Unit

Slave mode
2.7 V < VDD < 3.6 V - 9 12
Voltage Range V1
Slave mode
tv(SO) 1.71 V < VDD < 3.6 V - 9 18
Data output valid time Voltage Range V1
Slave mode
ns
1.71 V < VDD < 3.6 V - 13 22
Voltage Range V2
tv(MO) Master mode - 3.5 4.5
Slave mode 1.71 V < VDD < 3.6 V 6 - -
th(SO)
Data output hold time Slave mode Range V2 9 - -
th(MO) Master mode 2 - -
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. The maximum frequency in Slave transmitter mode is determined by the sum of tv(SO) and tsu(MI) which has to fit into
SCK low or high-phase preceding the SCK sampling edge. This value can be achieved when the SPI communicates with a
master having tsu(MI) = 0 while Duty(SCK) = 50%.

Figure 35. SPI timing diagram - slave mode and CPHA = 0

NSS input

tc(SCK) th(NSS)

tsu(NSS) tw(SCKH) tr(SCK)

CPHA=0
SCK input

CPOL=0

CPHA=0
CPOL=1
ta(SO) tw(SCKL) tv(SO) th(SO) tf(SCK) tdis(SO)

MISO output First bit OUT Next bits OUT Last bit OUT

th(SI)
tsu(SI)

MOSI input First bit IN Next bits IN Last bit IN

MSv41658V1

DS12960 Rev 5 153/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Figure 36. SPI timing diagram - slave mode and CPHA = 1

NSS input

tc(SCK)

tsu(NSS) tw(SCKH) tf(SCK) th(NSS)

CPHA=1
SCK input

CPOL=0

CPHA=1
CPOL=1
ta(SO) tw(SCKL) tv(SO) th(SO) tr(SCK) tdis(SO)

MISO output First bit OUT Next bits OUT Last bit OUT

tsu(SI) th(SI)

MOSI input First bit IN Next bits IN Last bit IN

MSv41659V1

1. Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.3 VDD and 0.7 VDD.

Figure 37. SPI timing diagram - master mode

High

NSS input

tc(SCK)
SCK Output

CPHA= 0
CPOL=0
CPHA= 0
CPOL=1
SCK Output

CPHA=1
CPOL=0
CPHA=1
CPOL=1

tw(SCKH) tr(SCK)
tsu(MI) tw(SCKL) tf(SCK)
MISO
INP UT MSB IN BIT6 IN LSB IN

th(MI)
MOSI
MSB OUT B I T1 OUT LSB OUT
OUTPUT
tv(MO) th(MO)
ai14136c

1. Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.3 VDD and 0.7 VDD.

154/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

I2S characteristics
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 84 for I2S are derived from tests
performed under the ambient temperature, fPCLKx frequency and VDD supply voltage
conditions summarized in Table 17: General operating conditions, with the following
configuration:
• Output speed is set to OSPEEDRy[1:0] = 10
• Capacitive load C=30pF
• Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.5 VDD
Refer to Section 5.3.14: I/O port characteristics for more details on the input/output alternate
function characteristics (CK,SD,WS).

Table 84. I2S characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit

I2S Main clock

fMCLK - 256x8 K 256 *Fs(2) MHz
output
Master data - 64xFs
fCK I2S clock frequency MHz
Slave data - 64xFs
I2S clock frequency
DCK Slave receiver 30 70 %
duty cycle
tv(WS) WS valid time Master mode - 6
Master mode 3 -
th(WS) WS hold time
Slave mode 2 -
tsu(WS) WS setup time Slave mode 4 -
tsu(SD_MR) Data input setup Master receiver 3 -
tsu(SD_SR) time Slave receiver 4 -
th(SD_MR) Master receiver 4 - ns
Data input hold time
th(SD_SR) Slave receiver 2 -

Slave transmitter (after 2.7 V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.6 V - 15

tv(SD_ST) Data output valid enable edge) 1.65 V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.6 V - 22
time
tv(SD_MT) Master transmitter (after enable edge) - 3
th(SD_ST) Data output hold Slave transmitter (after enable edge) 7 -
th(SD_MT) time Master transmitter (after enable edge) 1 -
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, not tested in production.
2. 256xFs maximum is 49.152 MHz.

Note: Refer to the reference manual RM0440 "STM32G4 Series advanced Arm®-based 32-bit
MCUs" I2S section for more details about the sampling frequency (Fs), fMCK, fCK, DCK
values reflect only the digital peripheral behavior, source clock precision might slightly
change the values DCK depends mainly on ODD bit value. Digital contribution leads to a min
of (I2SDIV/(2*I2SDIV+ODD) and a max (I2SDIV+ODD)/(2*I2SDIV+ODD) and Fs max
supported for each mode/condition.

DS12960 Rev 5 155/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

SAI characteristics
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 85 for SAI are derived from tests
performed under the ambient temperature, fPCLKx frequency and VDD supply voltage condi-
tions summarized inTable 17: General operating conditions, with the following configuration:
• Output speed is set to OSPEEDRy[1:0] = 10
• Capacitive load C = 30 pF
• Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.5 x VDD
Refer to Section 5.3.14: I/O port characteristics for more details on the input/output alternate
function characteristics (CK,SD,FS).

156/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

Table 85. SAI characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit

fMCLK SAI Main clock output - - 50 MHz

Master transmitter
2.7 V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.6 V - 33
Voltage Range 1
Master transmitter
1.71 V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.6 V - 22
Voltage Range 1
Master receiver
- 22
Voltage Range 1
Slave transmitter
fCK SAI clock frequency(2) MHz
2.7 V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.6 V - 45
Voltage Range 1
Slave transmitter
1.71 V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.6 V - 29
Voltage Range 1
Slave receiver
- 50
Voltage Range 1
Slave transmitter
- 13
Voltage Range 2
Master mode
- 15
2.7 V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.6 V
tv(FS) FS valid time ns
Master mode
- 22
1.71 V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.6 V
th(FS) FS hold time Master mode 10 - ns
tsu(FS) FS setup time Slave mode 2 - ns
th(FS) FS hold time Slave mode 1 - ns
tsu(SD_A_MR) Master receiver 2.5 -
Data input setup time ns
tsu(SD_B_SR) Slave receiver 1 -
th(SD_A_MR) Master receiver 5 -
Data input hold time ns
th(SD_B_SR) Slave receiver 1 -
Slave transmitter (after enable edge)
- 11
2.7 V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.6 V
Slave transmitter (after enable edge)
tv(SD_B_ST) Data output valid time - 17 ns
1.71 V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.6 V
Slave transmitter (after enable edge)
- 20
voltage range V2
th(SD_B_ST) Data output hold time Slave transmitter (after enable edge) 10 - ns

DS12960 Rev 5 157/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Table 85. SAI characteristics(1) (continued)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit

Master transmitter (after enable edge)

- 14
2.7 V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.6 V
tv(SD_A_MT) Data output valid time ns
Master transmitter (after enable edge)
- 21
1.71 V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.6 V
th(SD_A_MT) Data output hold time Master transmitter (after enable edge) 10 - ns
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. APB clock frequency must be at least twice SAI clock frequency.

Figure 38. SAI master timing waveforms

1/fSCK

SAI_SCK_X
th(FS)

SAI_FS_X
(output) tv(FS) tv(SD_MT) th(SD_MT)

SAI_SD_X
Slot n Slot n+2
(transmit)
tsu(SD_MR) th(SD_MR)

SAI_SD_X Slot n
(receive)
MS32771V1

Figure 39. SAI slave timing waveforms

1/fSCK

SAI_SCK_X
tw(CKH_X) tw(CKL_X) th(FS)

SAI_FS_X
(input) tsu(FS) tv(SD_ST) th(SD_ST)

SAI_SD_X
Slot n Slot n+2
(transmit)
tsu(SD_SR) th(SD_SR)

SAI_SD_X Slot n
(receive)
MS32772V1

CAN (controller area network) interface

Refer to Section 5.3.14: I/O port characteristics for more details on the input/output alternate
function characteristics (FDCANx_TX and FDCANx_RX).

158/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Electrical characteristics

USB characteristics
The device USB interface is fully compliant with the USB specification version 2.0 and is
USB-IF certified (for Full-speed device operation).

Table 86. USB electrical characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

VDD USB transceiver operating voltage 3.0(2) - 3.6 V

tCrystal_less USB crystal less operation temperature -15 - 85 °C
RPUI Embedded USB_DP pull-up value during idle 900 1250 1500
Ω
RPUR Embedded USB_PD pull-up value during reception 1400 2300 3200
ZsDRV(3) Output driver impedance(4) Driving high and low 28 36 44 Ω
1. TA = -40 to 125 °C unless otherwise specified.
2. The device USB functionality is ensured down to 2.7 V but not the full USB electrical characteristics, which are degraded in
the 2.7-to-3.0 V voltage range.
3. Guarantee by design.
4. No external termination series resistors are required on USB_PD (D+) and USB_DM (D-); the matching impedance is
already included in the embedded driver.

USART interface characteristics

Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 87 for USART are derived from
tests performed under the ambient temperature, fPCLKx frequency and VDD supply voltage
conditions summarized in Table 87, with the following configuration:
• Output speed is set to OSPEEDRy[1:0] = 10
• Capacitive load C=30 pF
• Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.5 VDD
Refer to Section 5.3.14: I/O port characteristics for more details on the input/output alternate
function characteristics (NSS, CK, TX, RX for USART).

Table 87. USART electrical characteristics(1)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

Master mode - - 21
fCK USART clock frequency MHz
Slave mode - - 22
tsu(NSS) NSS setup time Slave mode tker + 2 - -
ns
th(NSS) NSS hold time Slave mode 2 - -
tw(CKH)
CK high and low time Master mode 1/fck/2-1 1/fck/2 1/fck/2+1 ns
tw(CKL)
Master mode tker + 2 - -
tsu(RX) Data input setup time
Slave mode 2 - -
ns
Master mode 1 - -
th(RX) Data input hold time
Slave mode 0.5 - -

DS12960 Rev 5 159/197

160
Electrical characteristics STM32G441xB

Table 87. USART electrical characteristics(1) (continued)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

Master mode - 0.5 1.5

tv(TX) Data output valid time
Slave mode - 10 22
ns
Master mode 0 - -
th(RX) Data output hold time
Slave mode 7 - -
1. Based on characterization, not tested in production.

5.3.27 UCPD characteristics

UCPD1 controller complies with USB Type-C Rev.1.2 and USB Power Delivery Rev. 3.0
specifications.

Table 88. UCPD characteristics

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

Sink mode only 3.0 3.3 3.6 V

VDD UCPD operating supply voltage
Sink and source mode 3.135 3.3 3.465 V

160/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Package information

6 Package information

In order to meet environmental requirements, ST offers these devices in different grades of

ECOPACK packages, depending on their level of environmental compliance. ECOPACK
specifications, grade definitions and product status are available at: www.st.com.
ECOPACK is an ST trademark.

6.1 UFQFPN32 package information

UFQFPN32 is a 32-pin, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch ultra thin fine pitch quad flat package.

Figure 40. UFQFPN32 - Outline

ddd C
e A1
C
A3
SEATINGPLANE
D1
b

E2 b
E1 E

1
L
32
D2 L
PIN 1 Identifier
A0B8_ME_V3

1. Drawing is not to scale.

2. All leads/pads should also be soldered to the PCB to improve the lead/pad solder joint life.
3. There is an exposed die pad on the underside of the UFQFPN package. It is recommended to connect and
solder this backside pad to PCB ground.

DS12960 Rev 5 161/197

193
Package information STM32G441xB

Table 89. UFQFPN32 - Mechanical data

millimeters inches(1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max

A 0.500 0.550 0.600 0.0197 0.0217 0.0236

A1 - - 0.050 - - 0.0020
A3 - 0.152 - - 0.0060 -
b 0.180 0.230 0.280 0.0071 0.0091 0.0110
D 4.900 5.000 5.100 0.1929 0.1969 0.2008
D1 3.400 3.500 3.600 0.1339 0.1378 0.1417
D2 3.400 3.500 3.600 0.1339 0.1378 0.1417
E 4.900 5.000 5.100 0.1929 0.1969 0.2008
E1 3.400 3.500 3.600 0.1339 0.1378 0.1417
E2 3.400 3.500 3.600 0.1339 0.1378 0.1417
e - 0.500 - - 0.0197 -
L 0.300 0.400 0.500 0.0118 0.0157 0.0197
ddd - - 0.080 - - 0.0031
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.

Figure 41. UFQFPN32 - Recommended footprint

5.30

3.80

0.60
32 25

1 24

3.45

5.30 3.80

3.45
0.50

0.30 8 17

9 16 0.75

3.80
A0B8_FP_V2

1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters.

162/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Package information

UFQFPN32 device marking

The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus pin 1 identifier
location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply
chain operations, are not indicated below.

Figure 42. UFQFPN32 top view example

Product
identification
(1)
32G441KBU6

Revision code
Date code
Y WW R

Pin 1
identification

MSv63417V1

1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an engineering sample notification letter are not yet qualified
and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting
from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in
production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering
samples to run a qualification activity.

DS12960 Rev 5 163/197

193
Package information STM32G441xB

6.2 LQFP32 package information

LQFP32 is a 32-pin, 7 x 7 mm low-profile quad flat package.

Figure 43. LQFP32 - Outline

SEATING
PLANE
C A2
A

c
A1

0.25 mm
GAUGE PLANE
ccc C

K
D
L

A1
D1
L1
D3

24 17

25 16
b

E1
E3

32 9

PIN 1
IDENTIFICATION 1 8

e 5V_ME_V2

1. Drawing is not to scale.

164/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Package information

Table 90. LQFP32 - Mechanical data

millimeters inches(1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max

A - - 1.600 - - 0.0630
A1 0.050 - 0.150 0.0020 - 0.0059
A2 1.350 1.400 1.450 0.0531 0.0551 0.0571
b 0.300 0.370 0.450 0.0118 0.0146 0.0177
c 0.090 - 0.200 0.0035 - 0.0079
D 8.800 9.000 9.200 0.3465 0.3543 0.3622
D1 6.800 7.000 7.200 0.2677 0.2756 0.2835
D3 - 5.600 - - 0.2205 -
E 8.800 9.000 9.200 0.3465 0.3543 0.3622
E1 6.800 7.000 7.200 0.2677 0.2756 0.2835
E3 - 5.600 - - 0.2205 -
e - 0.800 - - 0.0315 -
L 0.450 0.600 0.750 0.0177 0.0236 0.0295
L1 - 1.000 - - 0.0394 -
k 0° 3.5° 7° 0° 3.5° 7°
ccc - - 0.100 - - 0.0039
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.

Figure 44. LQFP32 - Recommended footprint

0.80

1.20

24 17
25 16 0.50

0.30

7.30

6.10

9.70
7.30

32 9
1 8

1.20

6.10

9.70
5V_FP_V2

1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters.

DS12960 Rev 5 165/197

193
Package information STM32G441xB

LQFP32 device marking

The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus pin 1 identifier
location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply
chain operations, are not indicated below.

Figure 45. LQFP32 top view example

Product
identification (1) STM32G

441KBT6

Date code

Y WW
Pin 1
identification Revision code
R

MSv62533V1

1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an engineering sample notification letter are not yet qualified
and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting
from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in
production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering
samples to run a qualification activity.

166/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Package information

6.3 UFQFPN48 package information

UFQFPN48 is a 48-lead, 7x7 mm, 0.5 mm pitch, ultra thin fine pitch quad flat package.

Figure 46. UFQFPN48 - Outline

Pin 1 identifier
laser marking area
D

A
E E
T Seating
plane
ddd A1
e b

Detail Y
D
Y

Exposed pad
area D2
1

L
48
C 0.500x45°
pin1 corner R 0.125 typ.

E2 Detail Z

48
Z
A0B9_ME_V3

1. Drawing is not to scale.

2. All leads/pads should also be soldered to the PCB to improve the lead/pad solder joint life.
3. There is an exposed die pad on the underside of the UFQFPN48 package. It is recommended to connect
and solder this back-side pad to PCB ground.

DS12960 Rev 5 167/197

193
Package information STM32G441xB

Table 91. UFQFPN48 - Mechanical data

millimeters inches(1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max

A 0.500 0.550 0.600 0.0197 0.0217 0.0236

A1 0.000 0.020 0.050 0.0000 0.0008 0.0020
D 6.900 7.000 7.100 0.2717 0.2756 0.2795
E 6.900 7.000 7.100 0.2717 0.2756 0.2795
D2 5.500 5.600 5.700 0.2165 0.2205 0.2244
E2 5.500 5.600 5.700 0.2165 0.2205 0.2244
L 0.300 0.400 0.500 0.0118 0.0157 0.0197
T - 0.152 - - 0.0060 -
b 0.200 0.250 0.300 0.0079 0.0098 0.0118
e - 0.500 - - 0.0197 -
ddd - - 0.080 - - 0.0031
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.

Figure 47. UFQFPN48 - Recommended footprint

7.30

6.20

48 37

1 36

0.20 5.60

7.30
5.80
6.20

5.60
0.30

12 25

13 24

0.50 0.75
0.55
5.80
A0B9_FP_V2

1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters.

168/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Package information

UFQFPN48 device marking

The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus pin 1 identifier
location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply
chain operations, are not indicated below.

Figure 48. UFQFPN48 top view example

Product
identification (1) STM32G

441CBU6

Date code
Y WW

Pin 1
Revision code
identification
R

MSv63418V1

1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an engineering sample notification letter are not yet qualified
and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting
from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in
production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering
samples to run a qualification activity.

DS12960 Rev 5 169/197

193
Package information STM32G441xB

6.4 LQFP48 package information

LQFP48 is a 48-pin, 7 x 7 mm low-profile quad flat package.

Figure 49. LQFP48 - Outline

SEATING
PLANE
C

A2
A

A1

c
0.25 mm
GAUGE PLANE
ccc C

D K

A1
L
D1 L1
D3
36 25

37 24

E1
E3

48 13
PIN 1
IDENTIFICATION 1 12

e 5B_ME_V2

1. Drawing is not to scale.

170/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Package information

Table 92. LQFP48 - Mechanical data

millimeters inches(1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max

A - - 1.600 - - 0.0630
A1 0.050 - 0.150 0.0020 - 0.0059
A2 1.350 1.400 1.450 0.0531 0.0551 0.0571
b 0.170 0.220 0.270 0.0067 0.0087 0.0106
c 0.090 - 0.200 0.0035 - 0.0079
D 8.800 9.000 9.200 0.3465 0.3543 0.3622
D1 6.800 7.000 7.200 0.2677 0.2756 0.2835
D3 - 5.500 - - 0.2165 -
E 8.800 9.000 9.200 0.3465 0.3543 0.3622
E1 6.800 7.000 7.200 0.2677 0.2756 0.2835
E3 - 5.500 - - 0.2165 -
e - 0.500 - - 0.0197 -
L 0.450 0.600 0.750 0.0177 0.0236 0.0295
L1 - 1.000 - - 0.0394 -
k 0° 3.5° 7° 0° 3.5° 7°
ccc - - 0.080 - - 0.0031
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.

DS12960 Rev 5 171/197

193
Package information STM32G441xB

Figure 50. LQFP48 - Recommended footprint

0.50
1.20

0.30
36 25
37 24

0.20
7.30
9.70 5.80

7.30

48 13
1 12

1.20

5.80

9.70

ai14911d

1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters.

172/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Package information

LQFP48 device marking

The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus pin 1 identifier
location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply
chain operations, are not indicated below.

Figure 51. LQFP48 top view example

Product
identification (1) STM32G441

CBT6

Date code
Y WW

Pin 1
Revision code
identification
R

MSv62527V1

1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an engineering sample notification letter are not yet qualified
and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting
from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in
production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering
samples to run a qualification activity.

DS12960 Rev 5 173/197

193
Package information STM32G441xB

6.5 WLCSP49 package information

WLCSP49 is a 49-ball, 3.15 x 3.13 mm, 0.4 mm pitch, wafer level chip scale package.

Figure 52. WLCSP49 - Outline

A1 ORIENTATION REFERENCE
F
G bbb Z
e1 D
A1

DETAIL A

e2 E
e

A
e aaa
(4x) A2

BOTTOM VIEW TOP VIEW SIDE VIEW

BUMP
A3 A2

A1
b eee Z

FRONT VIEW
b(49x) Z
ccc Z X Y
ddd Z
SEATING PLANE
DETAIL A
ROTATED 90

B03Q_WLCSP49_DIE468_ME_V1

1. Drawing is not to scale.

2. Dimension is measured at the maximum bump diameter parallel to primary datum Z.
3. Primary datum Z and seating plane are defined by the spherical crowns of the bump.
4. Bump position designation per JESD 95-1, SPP-010.

174/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Package information

Table 93. WLCSP49 - Mechanical data

millimeters inches(1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max

A(2) - - 0.59 - - 0.023

A1 - 0.18 - - 0.007 -
A2 - 0.38 - - 0.015 -
(3)
A3 - 0.025 - - 0.001 -
(4)
b 0.22 0.25 0.28 0.009 0.010 0.011
D 3.13 3.15 3.17 0.123 0.124 0.125
E 3.11 3.13 3.15 0.122 0.123 0.124
e - 0.40 - - 0.016 -
e1 - 2.40 - - 0.094 -
e2 - 2.40 - - 0.094 -
F(5) - 0.375 - - 0.015 -
G(5) - 0.365 - - 0.014 -
aaa - 0.10 - - 0.004 -
bbb - 0.10 - - 0.004 -
ccc - 0.10 - - 0.004 -
ddd - 0.05 - - 0.002 -
eee - 0.05 - - 0.002 -
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.
2. The maximum total package height is calculated by the RSS method (Root Sum Square) using nominal
and tolerances values of A1 and A2.
3. Back side coating. Nominal dimension is rounded to the 3rd decimal place resulting from process capabiliy.
4. Dimension is measured at the maximum bump diameter parallel to primary datum Z.
5. Calculated dimensions are rounded to the 3rd decimal place

DS12960 Rev 5 175/197

193
Package information STM32G441xB

Figure 53. WLCSP49 - Recommended footprint

Dpad

Dsm
BGA_WLCSP_FT_V1

1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters.

Table 94. WLCSP49 - Recommended PCB design rules

Dimension Recommended values

Pitch 0.4 mm
Dpad 0,225 mm
Dsm 0.290 mm typ. (depends on soldermask registration tolerance)
Stencil opening 0.250 mm
Stencil thickness 0.100 mm

176/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Package information

WLCSP49 device marking

The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus ball A1 identifier
location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply
chain operations, are not indicated below.

Figure 54. WLCSP49 top view example

Ball 1
Product
identification
(1)
G441CB6 identification

Date code
Revision code
Y WW R

MSv63419V1

1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an engineering sample notification letter are not yet qualified
and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting
from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in
production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering
samples to run a qualification activity.

DS12960 Rev 5 177/197

193
Package information STM32G441xB

6.6 LQFP64 package information

LQFP64 is a 64-pin, 10 x 10 mm low-profile quad flat package.

Figure 55. LQFP64 - Outline

SEATING PLANE
C
A2
A
0.25 mm
GAUGE PLANE
A1

c
ccc C

A1
D K
D1 L
D3 L1
48 33

32
49

E1
E3

64 17 E

PIN 1 1 16
IDENTIFICATION e
5W_ME_V3

1. Drawing is not to scale.

Table 95. LQFP64 - Mechanical data

millimeters inches(1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max

A - - 1.600 - - 0.0630
A1 0.050 - 0.150 0.0020 - 0.0059
A2 1.350 1.400 1.450 0.0531 0.0551 0.0571
b 0.170 0.220 0.270 0.0067 0.0087 0.0106
c 0.090 - 0.200 0.0035 - 0.0079
D - 12.000 - - 0.4724 -
D1 - 10.000 - - 0.3937 -
D3 - 7.500 - - 0.2953 -
E - 12.000 - - 0.4724 -
E1 - 10.000 - - 0.3937 -

178/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Package information

Table 95. LQFP64 - Mechanical data (continued)

millimeters inches(1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max

E3 - 7.500 - - 0.2953 -
e - 0.500 - - 0.0197 -
K 0° 3.5° 7° 0° 3.5° 7°
L 0.450 0.600 0.750 0.0177 0.0236 0.0295
L1 - 1.000 - - 0.0394 -
ccc - - 0.080 - - 0.0031
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.

Figure 56. LQFP64 - Recommended footprint

48 33

0.3
49 0.5 32

12.7

10.3

10.3
64 17

1.2
1 16

7.8

12.7

ai14909c

1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters.

DS12960 Rev 5 179/197

193
Package information STM32G441xB

LQFP64 device marking

The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus pin 1 identifier
location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply
chain operations, are not indicated below.

Figure 57. LQFP64 top view example

Product
identification (1) STM32G441

RBT6

Date code
Y WW

Pin 1
Revision code
identification R

MSv62531V1

1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an engineering sample notification letter are not yet qualified
and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting
from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in
production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering
samples to run a qualification activity.

180/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Package information

6.7 UFBGA64 package information

UFBGA64 is a 64-ball, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch ultra profile fine pitch ball grid array package.

Figure 58. UFBGA64 - Outline

Z Seating plane

ddd Z

A4
A3 A2 A1 A
E1 A1 ball A1 ball X
identifier index area E
e F

A
F

D1 D
e

H Y

8 1
BOTTOM VIEW Øb (64 balls) TOP VIEW
Ø eee M Z Y X
Ø fff M Z A019_ME_V1

1. Drawing is not to scale.

Table 96. UFBGA64 - Mechanical data

millimeters inches(1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max

A 0.460 0.530 0.600 0.0181 0.0209 0.0236

A1 0.050 0.080 0.110 0.0020 0.0031 0.0043
A2 0.400 0.450 0.500 0.0157 0.0177 0.0197
A3 0.080 0.130 0.180 0.0031 0.0051 0.0071
A4 0.270 0.320 0.370 0.0106 0.0126 0.0146
b 0.170 0.280 0.330 0.0067 0.0110 0.0130
D 4.850 5.000 5.150 0.1909 0.1969 0.2028
D1 3.450 3.500 3.550 0.1358 0.1378 0.1398
E 4.850 5.000 5.150 0.1909 0.1969 0.2028
E1 3.450 3.500 3.550 0.1358 0.1378 0.1398
e - 0.500 - - 0.0197 -
F 0.700 0.750 0.800 0.0276 0.0295 0.0315

DS12960 Rev 5 181/197

193
Package information STM32G441xB

Table 96. UFBGA64 - Mechanical data (continued)

millimeters inches(1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max

A 0.460 0.530 0.600 0.0181 0.0209 0.0236

ddd - - 0.080 - - 0.0031
eee - - 0.150 - - 0.0059
fff - - 0.050 - - 0.0020
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.

Figure 59. UFBGA64 - Recommended footprint

Dpad
Dsm

A019_FP_V2

Table 97. UFBGA64 - Recommended PCB design rules (0.5 mm pitch BGA)
Dimension Recommended values

Pitch 0.5
Dpad 0.280 mm
0.370 mm typ. (depends on the solder mask
Dsm
registration tolerance)
Stencil opening 0.280 mm
Stencil thickness Between 0.100 mm and 0.125 mm
Pad trace width 0.100 mm

182/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Package information

UFBGA64 device marking

The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus pin 1 identifier
location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply
chain operations, are not indicated below.

Figure 60. UFBGA64 top view example

Product
identification
(1)
G441RBI6

Date code

Y WW
Revision code

R
Pin 1
identification

1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an engineering sample notification letter are not yet qualified
and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting
from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in
production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering
samples to run a qualification activity.

DS12960 Rev 5 183/197

193
Package information STM32G441xB

6.8 LQFP80 package information

LQFP80 is a 80-pin, 12 x 12 mm low-profile quad flat package.

Figure 61. LQFP80 - Outline

SEATING
PLANE
C
A2
A

A1

c
0.25 mm
GAUGE PLANE

ccc C

A1
D L k
D1 L1
D3

60 41

61
40
b

E1
E3

80
21

PIN 1 1 20
IDENTIFICATION e

9X_ME

1. Drawing is not to scale.

Table 98. LQFP80 - Mechanical data

Millimeters inches(1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max

A - - 1.600 - - 0.0630
A1 0.050 - 0.150 0.0020 - 0.0059
A2 1.350 1.400 1.450 0.0531 0.0551 0.0571
b 0.170 0.220 0.270 0.0067 0.0087 0.0106
c 0.090 - 0.200 0.0035 - 0.0079
D - 14.000 - - 0.5512 -
D1 - 12.000 - - 0.4724 -

184/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Package information

Table 98. LQFP80 - Mechanical data (continued)

Millimeters inches(1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max

D2 - 9.500 - - 0.3740 -
E - 14.000 - - 0.5512 -
E1 - 12.000 - - 0.4724 -
E3 - 9.500 - - 0.3740 -
e - 0.500 - - 0.0197 -
L 0.450 0.600 0.750 0.0177 0.0236 0.0295
L1 - 1.000 - - 0.0394 -
ccc - - 0.080 - - 0.0031
k 0.0° - 7.0° 0.0° - 7.0°
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.

Figure 62. LQFP80 - Recommended footprint

0.5

1.25
0.3
14.7

12.3

1.2

9.8

14.7

9X_LQFP80_FP

1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters.

DS12960 Rev 5 185/197

193
Package information STM32G441xB

LQFP80 device marking

The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus pin 1 identifier
location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply
chain operations, are not indicated below.

Figure 63. LQFP80 top view example

Product
identification (1) STM32G441

MBT6
Revision code

R
Date code

Pin 1 Y WW
identification

1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an engineering sample notification letter are not yet qualified
and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting
from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in
production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering
samples to run a qualification activity.

186/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Package information

6.9 LQFP100 package information

LQFP100 is a 100-pin, 14 x 14 mm low-profile quad flat package.

Figure 64. LQFP100 - Outline

SEATING PLANE
C

0.25 mm

A
A2
A1
GAUGE PLANE

c
ccc C

A1
L

K
D1
L1
D3

75 51

76 50
b

E1
E3

E
100 26
PIN 1 1 25
IDENTIFICATION
e

1L_LQFP100_ME_V1

1. Drawing is not to scale.

Table 99. LQPF100 - Mechanical data

millimeters inches(1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max

A - - 1.600 - - 0.0630
A1 0.050 - 0.150 0.0020 - 0.0059
A2 1.350 1.400 1.450 0.0531 0.0551 0.0571
b 0.170 0.220 0.270 0.0067 0.0087 0.0106
c 0.090 - 0.200 0.0035 - 0.0079
D 15.800 16.000 16.200 0.6220 0.6299 0.6378
D1 13.800 14.000 14.200 0.5433 0.5512 0.5591
D3 - 12.000 - - 0.4724 -
E 15.800 16.000 16.200 0.6220 0.6299 0.6378
E1 13.800 14.000 14.200 0.5433 0.5512 0.5591
E3 - 12.000 - - 0.4724 -
e - 0.500 - - 0.0197 -
L 0.450 0.600 0.750 0.0177 0.0236 0.0295
L1 - 1.000 - - 0.0394 -

DS12960 Rev 5 187/197

193
Package information STM32G441xB

Table 99. LQPF100 - Mechanical data (continued)

millimeters inches(1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max

k 0.0° 3.5° 7.0° 0.0° 3.5° 7.0°

ccc - - 0.080 - - 0.0031
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.

Figure 65. LQFP100 - Recommended footprint

75 51

76 50
0.5

0.3

16.7 14.3

100 26

1.2
1 25

12.3

16.7

1L_LQFP100_FP_V1

1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters.

188/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Package information

LQFP100 device marking

The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus pin 1 identifier
location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply
chain operations, are not indicated below.

Figure 66. LQFP100 top view example

Product
identification (1) STM32G441

VBT6
Revision code

R
Date code

Pin 1 Y WW
identification

MSv62535V1

1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an engineering sample notification letter are not yet qualified
and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting
from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in
production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering
samples to run a qualification activity.

DS12960 Rev 5 189/197

193
Package information STM32G441xB

6.10 Thermal characteristics

The maximum chip-junction temperature, TJ max, in degrees Celsius, may be calculated
using the following equation:
TJ max = TA max + (PD max x ΘJA)
Where:
• TA max is the maximum ambient temperature in °C,
• ΘJA is the package junction-to-ambient thermal resistance, in °C/W,
• PD max is the sum of PINT max and PI/O max (PD max = PINT max + PI/Omax),
• PINT max is the product of IDD and VDD, expressed in Watts. This is the maximum chip
internal power.
PI/O max represents the maximum power dissipation on output pins where:
PI/O max = Σ (VOL × IOL) + Σ ((VDDIOx – VOH) × IOH),
taking into account the actual VOL / IOL and VOH / IOH of the I/Os at low and high level in the
application.

Table 100. Package thermal characteristics

Symbol Parameter Value Unit

Thermal resistance junction-ambient

48.9
LQFP100 - 14 × 14 mm
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
49.7
LQFP80 - 12 × 12 mm
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
50.8
LQFP64 - 10 × 10 mm
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
58.4
LQFP48 - 7 × 7 mm
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
ΘJA 58.4 °C/W
LQFP32 - 7 × 7 mm
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
44.2
UFBGA64 - 5 × 5 mm
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
28.6
UFQFPN48 - 7 × 7 mm
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
36.7
UFQFPN32 - 5 × 5 mm
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
59
WLCSP49 - pitch 0.4

190/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Package information

Table 100. Package thermal characteristics (continued)

Symbol Parameter Value Unit

Thermal resistance junction-case

10.3
LQFP100 - 14 × 14 mm
Thermal resistance junction-case
10.3
LQFP80 - 12 × 12 mm
Thermal resistance junction-case
10.1
LQFP64 - 10 × 10 mm
Thermal resistance junction-case
11.9
LQFP48 - 7 × 7 mm
Thermal resistance junction-case
ΘJC 11.9 °C/W
LQFP32 - 7 × 7 mm
Thermal resistance junction-case
14.78
UFBGA64 - 5 × 5 mm
Thermal resistance junction-case 3.1(1)
UFQFPN48 - 7 × 7 mm 9.4

Thermal resistance junction-case 3.4(1)

UFQFPN32 - 5 × 5 mm 14.2
Thermal resistance junction-case
2.33
WLCSP49 - pitch 0.4
Thermal resistance junction-board
25.7
LQFP100 - 14 × 14 mm
Thermal resistance junction-board
25.1
LQFP80 - 12 × 12 mm
Thermal resistance junction-board
24.7
LQFP64 - 10 × 10 mm
Thermal resistance junction-board
27.7
LQFP48 - 7 × 7 mm
Thermal resistance junction-board
ΘJB 27.7 °C/W
LQFP32 - 7 × 7 mm
Thermal resistance junction-board
22.5
UFBGA64 - 5 × 5 mm
Thermal resistance junction-board
15.7
UFQFPN48 - 7 × 7 mm
Thermal resistance junction-board
18.6
UFQFPN32 - 5 × 5 mm
Thermal resistance junction-board
38.12
WLCSP49 - pitch 0.4
1. Thermal resistance junction-case where the case is the bottom thermal pad on the UFQFPN package.

6.10.1 Reference document

JESD51-2 Integrated Circuits Thermal Test Method Environment Conditions - Natural
Convection (Still Air). Available from www.jedec.org

DS12960 Rev 5 191/197

193
Package information STM32G441xB

6.10.2 Selecting the product temperature range

When ordering the microcontroller, the temperature range is specified in the ordering
information scheme shown in Section 7: Ordering information.
Each temperature range suffix corresponds to a specific guaranteed ambient temperature at
maximum dissipation and, to a specific maximum junction temperature.
As applications do not commonly use the STM32G441xB at maximum dissipation, it is
useful to calculate the exact power consumption and junction temperature to determine
which temperature range is best suited to the application.
The following examples show how to calculate the temperature range needed for a given
application.

Example 1: High-performance application

Assuming the following application conditions:
Maximum ambient temperature TAmax = 82 °C (measured according to JESD51-2),
IDDmax = 50 mA, VDD = 3.5 V, maximum 20 I/Os used at the same time in output at low
level with IOL = 8 mA, VOL= 0.4 V and maximum 8 I/Os used at the same time in output
at low level with IOL = 20 mA, VOL= 1.3 V
PINTmax = 50 mA × 3.5 V= 175 mW
PIOmax = 20 × 8 mA × 0.4 V + 8 × 20 mA × 1.3 V = 272 mW
This gives: PINTmax = 175 mW and PIOmax = 272 mW:
PDmax = 175 + 272 = 447 mW
Using the values obtained in TJmax is calculated as follows:
– For LQFP100, 42 °C/W
TJmax = 82 °C + (42 °C/W × 447 mW) = 82 °C + 18.774 °C = 100.774 °C
This is within the range of the suffix 6 version parts (–40 < TJ < 105 °C) see Section 7:
Ordering information.
In this case, parts must be ordered at least with the temperature range suffix 6 (see
Section 7: Ordering information).
Note: With this given PDmax we can find the TAmax allowed for a given device temperature range
(order code suffix 6 or 7).
Suffix 6: TAmax = TJmax - (42°C/W × 447 mW) = 105-18.774 = 86.226 °C
Suffix 3: TAmax = TJmax - (42°C/W × 447 mW) = 130-18.774 = 111.226 °C

Example 2: High-temperature application

Using the same rules, it is possible to address applications that run at high ambient
temperatures with a low dissipation, as long as junction temperature TJ remains within the
specified range.

192/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Package information

Assuming the following application conditions:

Maximum ambient temperature TAmax = 100 °C (measured according to JESD51-2),
IDDmax = 20 mA, VDD = 3.5 V, maximum 20 I/Os used at the same time in output at low
level with IOL = 8 mA, VOL= 0.4 V
PINTmax = 20 mA × 3.5 V= 70 mW
PIOmax = 20 × 8 mA × 0.4 V = 64 mW
This gives: PINTmax = 70 mW and PIOmax = 64 mW:
PDmax = 70 + 64 = 134 mW
Thus: PDmax = 134 mW
Using the values obtained in TJmax is calculated as follows:
– For LQFP100, 42 °C/W
TJmax = 100 °C + (42 °C/W × 134 mW) = 100 °C + 5.628 °C = 105.628 °C
This is above the range of the suffix 6 version parts (–40 < TJ < 105 °C).
In this case, parts must be ordered at least with the temperature range suffix 3 (see
Section 7: Ordering information) unless we reduce the power dissipation in order to be able
to use suffix 6 parts.

DS12960 Rev 5 193/197

193
Ordering information STM32G441xB

7 Ordering information

Table 101. Ordering information scheme

Example: STM32 G 441 V B T 6 xxx

Device family
STM32 = Arm-based 32-bit microcontroller

Product type
G = General-purpose

Sub-family
441 = STM32G441xB

Pin count
K = 32 pins
C = 48/49 pins
R = 64 pins
M = 80 pins
V = 100 pins
Code size
B = 128 Kbytes

Package
I = UFBGA
T = LQFP
U = UFQFPN
Y = WLCSP

Temperature range
6 = Industrial temperature range, - 40 to 85 °C (105 °C junction)
3 = Industrial temperature range, - 40 to 125 °C (130 °C junction)

Options
xxx = programmed parts
TR = tape and reel

For a list of available options (memory, package, and so on) or for further information on any
aspect of this device, contact the nearest ST sales office.

194/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB Revision history

8 Revision history

Table 102. Document revision history

Date Revision Changes

09-May-2019 1 Initial release.

Updated:
– Section 2: Description and Table 2: STM32G441xB features and
peripheral counts removing “-40 to 105°C (+ 125°C junction)”.
– Figure 1: STM32G441xB block diagram with 170 MHz.
– Section 3.5: Embedded SRAM.
– Section 3.20: Voltage reference buffer (VREFBUF).
– Table 3: STM32G441xB peripherals interconnect matrix.
– Table 17: General operating conditions.
– Table 34: Peripheral current consumption.
– Table 60: ADC characteristics.
– Table 83: SPI characteristics.
29-Oct-2019 2 – Table 100: Package thermal characteristics.
– Table 101: Ordering information scheme.
– Section 6: Package information.
Added:
– Table 65: ADC accuracy (Multiple ADCs operation) - limited test
conditions 1.
– Table 66: ADC accuracy (Multiple ADCs operation) - limited test
conditions 2.
– Table 67: ADC accuracy (Multiple ADCs operation) - limited test
conditions 3.
– Figure 42: UFQFPN32 top view example.
– Figure 48: UFQFPN48 top view example.
– Figure 54: WLCSP49 top view example.

DS12960 Rev 5 195/197

196
Revision history STM32G441xB

Table 102. Document revision history (continued)

Date Revision Changes

Updated:
– Table 2: STM32G441xB features and peripheral counts timer
PWM channel number.
– Section 3.5: Embedded SRAM.
– Table 12: STM32G441xB pin definition.
– Figure 11: STM32G441xB UFBGA64 ballout.
– Table 21, Table 22, Table 27, Table 28, Table 29, Table 31,
Table 30, Table 32 max current consumptions.
– Table 35: Low-power mode wakeup timings adding note.
– Table 70: DAC 15MSPS characteristics TSAMP, .dV/dt (hold
phase) and IDDA(DAC) characteristics.
20-Nov-2020 3
– Table 73: COMP characteristics IDDA(COMP).
– Table 74: OPAMP characteristics PSRR.
– Table 76: VBAT monitoring characteristics.
– Table 100: Package thermal characteristics.
– Internal voltage reference buffer (VREFBUF) at 2.9 V.
Removed:
– Current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, code
with data processing running from Flash in single Bank, ART
disable table.
– Typical current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes,
with different codes running from Flash, ART disable table.
Updated:
– Section 3.11.4: Low-power modes.
– Table 29: Current consumption in Stop 1 mode.
22-Feb-2021 4
– Table 30: Current consumption in Stop 0 mode.
– Table 31: Current consumption in Standby mode.
– Table 32: Current consumption in Shutdown mode.
Added:
– Figure 10: STM32G441xB LQFP64 pinout.
Updated:
– Table 2: STM32G441xB features and peripheral counts
– Table 12: STM32G441xB pin definition.
– Table 62: ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 1
– Table 63: ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 2
17-Sep-2021 5
– Table 63: ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 2
– Figure 40: UFQFPN32 - Outline
– Figure 61: LQFP80 - Outline
– Figure 28: ADC accuracy characteristics
– Figure 29: Typical connection diagram when using the ADC with
FT/TT pins featuring analog switch function
– Figure 61: LQFP80 - Outline

196/197 DS12960 Rev 5

STM32G441xB

IMPORTANT NOTICE – PLEASE READ CAREFULLY

STMicroelectronics NV and its subsidiaries (“ST”) reserve the right to make changes, corrections, enhancements, modifications, and
improvements to ST products and/or to this document at any time without notice. Purchasers should obtain the latest relevant information on
ST products before placing orders. ST products are sold pursuant to ST’s terms and conditions of sale in place at the time of order
acknowledgement.

Purchasers are solely responsible for the choice, selection, and use of ST products and ST assumes no liability for application assistance or
the design of Purchasers’ products.

No license, express or implied, to any intellectual property right is granted by ST herein.

Resale of ST products with provisions different from the information set forth herein shall void any warranty granted by ST for such product.

ST and the ST logo are trademarks of ST. For additional information about ST trademarks, please refer to www.st.com/trademarks. All other
product or service names are the property of their respective owners.

Information in this document supersedes and replaces information previously supplied in any prior versions of this document.

© 2021 STMicroelectronics – All rights reserved

DS12960 Rev 5 197/197

197